ᖦᖤᐱᒃ  &&apik (1vv)


Meaning
implies frustration or annoyance, because of embarassment, inconvenience or awkwardness to one's position or plans: 'damn it!'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖦᖤᐱᒃ &&apik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+&&apik → _V&&apik
After t
ᖦᖤᐱᒃ &&apik It deletes the t of the stem._t+&&apik → _&&apik
After k
ᖦᖤᐱᒃ &&apik It deletes the k of the stem._k+&&apik → _&&apik
After q
ᖦᖤᐱᒃ &&apik It deletes the q of the stem._q+&&apik → _&&apik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᖦᖤᖅ  &&aq (1vv)


Meaning
implies frustration or annoyance, because of embarassment, inconvenience or awkwardness to one's position or plans: 'damn it!'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖦᖤᖅ &&aq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+&&aq → _V&&aq
After t
ᖦᖤᖅ &&aq It deletes the t of the stem._t+&&aq → _&&aq
After k
ᖦᖤᖅ &&aq It deletes the k of the stem._k+&&aq → _&&aq
After q
ᖦᖤᖅ &&aq It deletes the q of the stem._q+&&aq → _&&aq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᖤᖅ  &aq (1vv)


Meaning
identification

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖤᖅ &aq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+&aq → _V&aq
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==u/1nv

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_caus

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖠᖅ  &iq (1nn)


Meaning
superlativeness, highest degree, the most of all

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖠᖅ &iq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+&iq → _V&iq
ᓪᓕᖅ lliq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lliq → _Vlliq
After t
ᖠᖅ &iq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+&iq → _t&iq
ᓪᓕᖅ lliq It deletes the t of the stem._t+lliq → _lliq
After k
ᖠᖅ &iq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+&iq → _k&iq
ᓪᓕᖅ lliq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lliq → _lliq
After q
ᖠᖅ &iq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+&iq → _q&iq
ᓪᓕᖅ lliq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lliq → _lliq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

  a (1vv)


Meaning
action done several times, or continuously, or on several objects, or by several subjects; also, with transitive verbs with perfect sense: renders the action at the present time

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
a It does not affect the final of the stem._V+a → _Va
ᐊᖅ aq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+aq → _Vaq
After t
a It deletes the t of the stem._t+a → _a
ᐊᖅ aq It deletes the t of the stem._t+aq → _aq
After k
a It deletes the k of the stem._k+a → _a
ᐊᖅ aq It deletes the k of the stem._k+aq → _aq
After q
a It deletes the q of the stem._q+a → _a
ᐊᖅ aq It deletes the q of the stem._q+aq → _aq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐊᔭᒃ  ajak (1nv)


Meaning
to take many (animals)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐊᔭᒃ ajak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ajak → _Vajak
After t
ᐊᔭᒃ ajak It deletes the t of the stem._t+ajak → _ajak
After k
ᐊᔭᒃ ajak It deletes the k of the stem._k+ajak → _ajak
After q
ᐊᔭᒃ ajak It deletes the q of the stem._q+ajak → _ajak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐊᓪᓚᒃ  allak (1vv)


Meaning
ease, simpleness of action; 'easily'; 'just'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐊᓪᓚᒃ allak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+allak → _Vallak
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VV+allak → _VVraallak
ᐊᓚ ala It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ala → _Vala
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VV+ala → _VVraala
After t
ᐊᓪᓚᒃ allak It deletes the t of the stem._t+allak → _allak
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVt+allak → _VVraallak
ᐊᓚ ala It deletes the t of the stem._t+ala → _ala
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVt+ala → _VVraala
After k
ᐊᓪᓚᒃ allak It deletes the k of the stem._k+allak → _allak
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVk+allak → _VVraallak
ᐊᓚ ala It deletes the k of the stem._k+ala → _ala
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVk+ala → _VVraala
After q
ᐊᓪᓚᒃ allak It deletes the q of the stem._q+allak → _allak
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVq+allak → _VVraallak
ᐊᓚ ala It deletes the q of the stem._q+ala → _ala
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVq+ala → _VVraala

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐊᓗᒃ  aluk (1nn)


Meaning
largeness; impressiveness; 'large'; exaggeration, aggrandizement of action (with gerundive): 'a lot', 'a great deal'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐊᓗᒃ aluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+aluk → _Valuk
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VV+aluk → _VVraaluk
ᐋᓗᒃ aaluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+aaluk → _Vaaluk
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VV+aaluk → _VVraaaluk
After t
ᐊᓗᒃ aluk It deletes the t of the stem._t+aluk → _aluk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVt+aluk → _VVraaluk
ᐊᓗᒃ aluk It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+aluk → _tialuk
ᐋᓗᒃ aaluk It deletes the t of the stem._t+aaluk → _aaluk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVt+aaluk → _VVraaaluk
After k
ᐊᓗᒃ aluk It deletes the k of the stem._k+aluk → _aluk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVk+aluk → _VVraaluk
ᐋᓗᒃ aaluk It deletes the k of the stem._k+aaluk → _aaluk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVk+aaluk → _VVraaaluk
After q
ᐊᓗᒃ aluk It deletes the q of the stem._q+aluk → _aluk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVq+aluk → _VVraaluk
ᐋᓗᒃ aaluk It deletes the q of the stem._q+aaluk → _aaluk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVq+aaluk → _VVraaaluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐊᓂᒃ  anik (1vv)


Meaning
action already done; 'already' (Aivilik)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐊᓂᒃ anik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+anik → _Vanik
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VV+anik → _VVraanik
After t
ᐊᓂᒃ anik It deletes the t of the stem._t+anik → _anik
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVt+anik → _VVraanik
After k
ᐊᓂᒃ anik It deletes the k of the stem._k+anik → _anik
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVk+anik → _VVraanik
After q
ᐊᓂᒃ anik It deletes the q of the stem._q+anik → _anik
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVq+anik → _VVraanik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐊᓐᓄᒃ  annuk (1nn)


Meaning
diminutiveness; 'small'; 'sweet, beautiful little'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐊᓐᓄᒃ annuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+annuk → _Vannuk
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts r in front of the suffix._VV+annuk → _VVrannuk
After t
ᐊᓐᓄᒃ annuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+annuk → _annuk
After k
ᐊᓐᓄᒃ annuk It deletes the k of the stem._k+annuk → _annuk
After q
ᐊᓐᓄᒃ annuk It deletes the q of the stem._q+annuk → _annuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐊᐱᒃ  apik (1nn)


Meaning
diminutiveness; 'small'; 'sweet'; 'nice'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐊᐱᒃ apik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+apik → _Vapik
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VV+apik → _VVraapik
After t
ᐊᐱᒃ apik It deletes the t of the stem._t+apik → _apik
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVt+apik → _VVraapik
After k
ᐊᐱᒃ apik It deletes the k of the stem._k+apik → _apik
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVk+apik → _VVraapik
After q
ᐊᐱᒃ apik It deletes the q of the stem._q+apik → _apik
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVq+apik → _VVraapik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐊᖅ  aq (1nv)


Meaning
arrival at a place: 'go to'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
ᐊᖅ aq It deletes the t of the stem._t+aq → _aq
ᐅᖅ uq It deletes the t of the stem._t+uq → _uq
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_dat

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐊᖅ  aq (2nv)


Meaning
1) to spread s.t. (a substance) on s.t. 2) to hurt s.o. on a body part; 3) to break s.o.'s thing

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐊᖅ aq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+aq → _Vaq
After t
ᐊᖅ aq It deletes the t of the stem._t+aq → _aq
After k
ᐊᖅ aq It deletes the k of the stem._k+aq → _aq
After q
ᐊᖅ aq It deletes the q of the stem._q+aq → _aq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐊᕐᔪᒃ  arjuk (1nn)


Meaning
smallness; 'small'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+arjuk → _Varjuk
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VV+arjuk → _VVraarjuk
After t
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+arjuk → _arjuk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVt+arjuk → _VVraarjuk
After k
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk It deletes the k of the stem._k+arjuk → _arjuk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVk+arjuk → _VVraarjuk
After q
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk It deletes the q of the stem._q+arjuk → _arjuk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVq+arjuk → _VVraarjuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐊᕐᔪᒃ  arjuk (2vv)


Meaning
a little

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+arjuk → _Varjuk
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VV+arjuk → _VVraarjuk
After t
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+arjuk → _arjuk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVt+arjuk → _VVraarjuk
After k
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk It deletes the k of the stem._k+arjuk → _arjuk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVk+arjuk → _VVraarjuk
After q
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk It deletes the q of the stem._q+arjuk → _arjuk
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix._VVq+arjuk → _VVraarjuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᒐᐃ  gai (1vv)


Meaning
whenever

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒐᐃ gai It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gai → _Vgai
ᒐᐃᒃ gaik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gaik → _Vgaik
After t
ᒐᐃ gai It does not affect the final of the stem._t+gai → _tgai
ᒐᐃᒃ gaik It does not affect the final of the stem._t+gaik → _tgaik
After k
ᒐᐃ gai It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+gai → _gai
ᒐᐃᒃ gaik It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+gaik → _gaik
ᑲᐃᒃ kaik It does not affect the final of the stem._k+kaik → _kkaik
After q
ᕋᐃ rai It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+rai → _rai
ᕋᐃᒃ raik It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+raik → _raik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᒐᔪᒃ  gajuk (1vv)


Meaning
expresses more than regular action: 'frequently', 'always'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒐᔪᒃ gajuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gajuk → _Vgajuk
After t
ᒐᔪᒃ gajuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+gajuk → _gajuk
After k
ᒐᔪᒃ gajuk It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+gajuk → _gajuk
After q
ᕋᔪᒃ rajuk It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+rajuk → _rajuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᒐᓚᖅ  galaq (1nn)


Meaning
collectiveness; characteristic

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒐᓚᖅ galaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+galaq → _Vgalaq
After t
ᒐᓚᖅ galaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+galaq → _galaq
After k
ᒐᓚᖅ galaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+galaq → _galaq
After q
ᒐᓚᖅ galaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+galaq → _galaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
number==number_p

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᒐᓗᐊᖅ  galuaq (1vv)


Meaning
really; actually

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒐᓗᐊᖅ galuaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+galuaq → _Vgaluaq
After t
ᑲᓗᐊᖅ kaluaq It assimilates the t of the stem to the k of the suffix._t+kaluaq → _kkaluaq
After k
ᑲᓗᐊᖅ kaluaq It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into k._k+kaluaq → _kaluaq
After q
ᕋᓗᐊᖅ raluaq It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+raluaq → _raluaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒐᓗᐊᖅ  galuaq (2vn)


Meaning
really; actually

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒐᓗᐊᖅ galuaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+galuaq → _Vgaluaq
After t
ᑲᓗᐊᖅ kaluaq It assimilates the t of the stem to the k of the suffix._t+kaluaq → _kkaluaq
After k
ᑲᓗᐊᖅ kaluaq It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into k._k+kaluaq → _kaluaq
After q
ᕋᓗᐊᖅ raluaq It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+raluaq → _raluaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒐᖅ  gaq (1vn)


Meaning
forms a noun with an inherently passive meaning: someone/something that one ...

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒐᖅ gaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gaq → _Vgaq
After t
ᒐᖅ gaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+gaq → _gaq
After k
ᒐᖅ gaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+gaq → _gaq
After q
ᒐᖅ gaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+gaq → _gaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒐᖅ  gaq (2vv)


Meaning
frequentative: several times

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒐᖅ gaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gaq → _Vgaq
After t
ᒐᖅ gaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+gaq → _gaq
After k
ᒐᖅ gaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+gaq → _gaq
After q
ᒐᖅ gaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+gaq → _gaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᒡᒋᖅ  ggiq (1nv)


Meaning
bring along with

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒡᒋᖅ ggiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ggiq → _Vggiq
After t
ᒡᒋᖅ ggiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+ggiq → _ggiq
After k
ᒡᒋᖅ ggiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ggiq → _ggiq
After q
ᒡᒋᖅ ggiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ggiq → _ggiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  gi (1nv)


Meaning
have as; possess; have as relation; use as; consider or treat as

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
gi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gi → _Vgi
After t
gi It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+gi → _tigi
After k
gi It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+gi → _gi
After q
ri It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+ri → _ri

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_nn OU function==function_vn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  gi (2vv)


Meaning
again

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
gi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gi → _Vgi
After t
ni It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix._t+ni → _nni
ki It does not affect the final of the stem._t+ki → _tki
After k
ki It does not affect the final of the stem._k+ki → _kki
gi It deletes the k of the stem._k+gi → _gi
After q
ri It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+ri → _ri

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v OU function==function_nv OU function==function_vv

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_int OU mode==mode_dec

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  gi (3vv)


Meaning
to find, consider s.t. or s.o. ...

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
gi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gi → _Vgi
After t
gi It deletes the t of the stem._t+gi → _gi
After k
gi It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+gi → _gi
After q
ri It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+ri → _ri

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET nature==nature_a

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  gi (4vv)


Meaning
added to gi verbs to use them transitively

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
gi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gi → _Vgi
After t
gi It deletes the t of the stem._t+gi → _gi
After k
gi It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+gi → _gi
After q
ri It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+ri → _ri

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET transinfix==transinfix_gi/4vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒋᐊᖅ  giaq (1vv)


Meaning
commencement of action: 'begin to'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+giaq → _Vgiaq
After t
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+giaq → _giaq
After k
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+giaq → _giaq
After q
ᕆᐊᖅ riaq It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+riaq → _riaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒋᐊᖅ  giaq (2vn)


Meaning
which has a natural tendency to

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+giaq → _Vgiaq
After t
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+giaq → _giaq
After k
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+giaq → _giaq
After q
ᕆᐊᖅ riaq It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+riaq → _riaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᒋᐊᖅ  giaq (3vn)


Meaning
the fact of

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+giaq → _Vgiaq
After t
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+giaq → _giaq
After k
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+giaq → _giaq
After q
ᕆᐊᖅ riaq It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+riaq → _riaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᒌᒃ  giik (1nn)


Meaning
a pair of two (or a group of three or more, in the plural) people or things; if of unequal importance or strength, the stem denotes the lesser of the two

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒌᒃ giik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+giik → _Vgiik
After t
ᒌᒃ giik It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+giik → _tigiik
After k
ᒌᒃ giik It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+giik → _giik
After q
ᕇᒃ riik It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+riik → _riik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒌᒃ  giik (2nv)


Meaning
to be mutually the same; if of unequal importance or strength, the stem denotes the lesser of the two

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒌᒃ giik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+giik → _Vgiik
After t
ᒌᒃ giik It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+giik → _tigiik
After k
ᒌᒃ giik It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+giik → _giik
After q
ᕇᒃ riik It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+riik → _riik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᒋᒃ  gik (1nv)


Meaning
to have good ...

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒋᒃ gik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gik → _Vgik
After t
ᒋᒃ gik It deletes the t of the stem._t+gik → _gik
After k
ᒋᒃ gik It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+gik → _gik
After q
ᕆᒃ rik It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+rik → _rik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᒍᒃ  guk (1nv)


Meaning
to be desirous of the fulfillment of a physical or sensual need

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒍᒃ guk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guk → _Vguk
ᒍᖅ guq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guq → _Vguq
After t
ᒍᒃ guk It deletes the t of the stem._t+guk → _guk
ᒍᖅ guq It deletes the t of the stem._t+guq → _guq
After k
ᒍᒃ guk It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+guk → _guk
ᒍᖅ guq It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+guq → _guq
After q
ᕈᒃ ruk It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+ruk → _ruk
ᕈᖅ ruq It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+ruq → _ruq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᒍᓗ  gulu (1nn)


Meaning
terrible; wretched

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒍᓗ gulu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gulu → _Vgulu
After t
ᒍᓗ gulu It deletes the t of the stem._t+gulu → _gulu
After k
ᒍᓗ gulu It deletes the k of the stem._k+gulu → _gulu
After q
ᒍᓗ gulu It deletes the q of the stem._q+gulu → _gulu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒍᖅ  guq (2nv)


Meaning
to make s.o. (refl.: oneself = to mature) become more of what one already is

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒍᖅ guq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guq → _Vguq
After t
ᒍᖅ guq It deletes the t of the stem._t+guq → _guq
After k
ᒍᖅ guq It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+guq → _guq
After q
ᕈᖅ ruq It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+ruq → _ruq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᒍᓱᒃ  gusuk (1vv)


Meaning
added to gi verbs to use them intransitively

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gusuk → _Vgusuk
After t
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+gusuk → _gusuk
After k
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+gusuk → _gusuk
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk It deletes the k of the stem._k+gusuk → _gusuk
After q
ᕈᓱᒃ rusuk It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+rusuk → _rusuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET intransinfix==intransinfix_gusuk/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒍᓱᒃ  gusuk (2vv)


Meaning
to like, to want to do s.t.; to be disposed or about to do s.t.

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gusuk → _Vgusuk
After t
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+gusuk → _gusuk
After k
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+gusuk → _gusuk
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk It deletes the k of the stem._k+gusuk → _gusuk
After q
ᕈᓱᒃ rusuk It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+rusuk → _rusuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET PAS intransinfix==intransinfix_gusuk/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒎᖅ  guuq (1q)


Meaning
reporting discourse: 'he/she said'

Type
tail suffix

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒎᖅ guuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guuq → _Vguuq
After t
ᒎᖅ guuq It assimilates the t of the stem to the g of the suffix._t+guuq → _gguuq
After k
ᒎᖅ guuq It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g._k+guuq → _guuq
After q
ᕉᖅ ruuq It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r._q+ruuq → _ruuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  i (1vv)


Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
i It does not affect the final of the stem._V+i → _Vi
After t
i It deletes the t of the stem._t+i → _i
After k
i It deletes the k of the stem._k+i → _i
After q
i It deletes the q of the stem._q+i → _i

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_i/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᔭᖅ  ijaq (1nv)


Meaning
to remove; to have something removed; coldness of (when used with body parts)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᔭᖅ ijaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ijaq → _Vijaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+ijaq → _VVngijaq
After t
ᐃᔭᖅ ijaq It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+ijaq → _taijaq
After k
ᐃᔭᖅ ijaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ijaq → _ijaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+ijaq → _VVngijaq
After q
ᐃᔭᖅ ijaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ijaq → _ijaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+ijaq → _VVngijaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᓛᒃ  ilaak (1q)


Meaning
marker of reaffirmation: "so", "indeed"

Type
tail suffix

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᓛᒃ ilaak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ilaak → _Vilaak
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, ._VV+ilaak → _VVlaak
After t
ᐃᓛᒃ ilaak It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+ilaak → _nilaak
After k
ᐃᓛᒃ ilaak It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+ilaak → _ngilaak
After q
ᐃᓛᒃ ilaak It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+ilaak → _rilaak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐃᓕᑕᖅ  ilitaq (1nn)


Meaning
protection for part of body; protection against something

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᓕᑕᖅ ilitaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ilitaq → _Vilitaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it deletes the last vowel of the stem._VV+ilitaq → _Vilitaq
ᐃᓕᑕᖅ ilitaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ilitaq → _Vilitaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+ilitaq → _VVngilitaq
After t
ᐃᓕᑕᖅ ilitaq It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+ilitaq → _tailitaq
After k
ᐃᓕᑕᖅ ilitaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ilitaq → _ilitaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it deletes the last vowel of the stem._VVk+ilitaq → _Vilitaq
After q
ᐃᓕᑕᖅ ilitaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ilitaq → _ilitaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it deletes the last vowel of the stem._VVq+ilitaq → _Vilitaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐃᓪᓕ  illi (1nv)


Meaning
to break or to seriously impair a body part

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᓪᓕ illi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+illi → _Villi
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+illi → _VVngilli
After t
ᐃᓪᓕ illi It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+illi → _tailli
After k
ᐃᓪᓕ illi It deletes the k of the stem._k+illi → _illi
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+illi → _VVngilli
After q
ᐃᓪᓕ illi It deletes the q of the stem._q+illi → _illi
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+illi → _VVngilli

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᓐᓇᖅ  innaq (1nn)


Meaning
exclusiveness: 'just', 'only'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+innaq → _Vinnaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+innaq → _VVnginnaq
After t
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+innaq → _innaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVt+innaq → _VVnginnaq
After k
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+innaq → _innaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+innaq → _VVnginnaq
After q
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+innaq → _innaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+innaq → _VVnginnaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᓐᓇᖅ  innaq (2vv)


Meaning
to do nothing but; to do always; exclusively

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+innaq → _Vinnaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+innaq → _VVnginnaq
After t
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+innaq → _innaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVt+innaq → _VVnginnaq
After k
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+innaq → _innaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+innaq → _VVnginnaq
After q
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+innaq → _innaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+innaq → _VVnginnaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ  innaujaq (1vv)


Meaning
to seem to do nothing but, to always do

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ innaujaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+innaujaq → _Vinnaujaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+innaujaq → _VVnginnaujaq
After t
ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ innaujaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+innaujaq → _innaujaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVt+innaujaq → _VVnginnaujaq
After k
ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ innaujaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+innaujaq → _innaujaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+innaujaq → _VVnginnaujaq
After q
ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ innaujaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+innaujaq → _innaujaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+innaujaq → _VVnginnaujaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᖅ  iq (1nv)


Meaning
to remove; to lack; to be out of; refl.: to give away, to sell, to loose s.t.; with body parts: intrans.: to have cold ...

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᖅ iq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+iq → _Viq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+iq → _VVngiq
After t
ᐃᖅ iq It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+iq → _taiq
After k
ᐃᖅ iq It deletes the k of the stem._k+iq → _iq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+iq → _VVngiq
After q
ᐃᖅ iq It deletes the q of the stem._q+iq → _iq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+iq → _VVngiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᖅ  iq (2vv)


Meaning
no longer

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᖅ iq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+iq → _Viq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+iq → _VVngiq
After t
ᐃᖅ iq It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+iq → _taiq
After k
ᐃᖅ iq It deletes the k of the stem._k+iq → _iq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+iq → _VVngiq
After q
ᐃᖅ iq It deletes the q of the stem._q+iq → _iq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+iq → _VVngiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᖅᓱᖅ  iqsuq (1nv)


Meaning
to do a number of times

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᖅᓱᖅ iqsuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+iqsuq → _Viqsuq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+iqsuq → _VVngiqsuq
After t
ᐃᖅᓱᖅ iqsuq It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+iqsuq → _taiqsuq
After k
ᐃᖅᓱᖅ iqsuq It deletes the k of the stem._k+iqsuq → _iqsuq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+iqsuq → _VVngiqsuq
After q
ᐃᖅᓱᖅ iqsuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+iqsuq → _iqsuq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+iqsuq → _VVngiqsuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
nature==nature_nb

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ  irujjaq (1nn)


Meaning
one who is bereft of s.t., who is left without s.t.

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: iq1nv + uti1vv + jaq1vn

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ irujjaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+irujjaq → _Virujjaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+irujjaq → _VVngirujjaq
After t
ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ irujjaq It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+irujjaq → _tairujjaq
After k
ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ irujjaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+irujjaq → _irujjaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+irujjaq → _VVngirujjaq
After q
ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ irujjaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+irujjaq → _irujjaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+irujjaq → _VVngirujjaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐃᕈᔾᔨ  irujji (1nv)


Meaning
to remove all of s.t.

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: iq1nv + uti1vv + ji1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᕈᔾᔨ irujji It does not affect the final of the stem._V+irujji → _Virujji
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+irujji → _VVngirujji
After t
ᐃᕈᔾᔨ irujji It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+irujji → _tairujji
After k
ᐃᕈᔾᔨ irujji It deletes the k of the stem._k+irujji → _irujji
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+irujji → _VVngirujji
After q
ᐃᕈᔾᔨ irujji It deletes the q of the stem._q+irujji → _irujji
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+irujji → _VVngirujji

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᕈᑎ  iruti (1nv)


Meaning
to remove all of s.t. (refl.: to be bereft of; to run out of)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: iq1nv + uti1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᕈᑎ iruti It does not affect the final of the stem._V+iruti → _Viruti
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+iruti → _VVngiruti
After t
ᐃᕈᑎ iruti It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+iruti → _tairuti
After k
ᐃᕈᑎ iruti It deletes the k of the stem._k+iruti → _iruti
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+iruti → _VVngiruti
After q
ᐃᕈᑎ iruti It deletes the q of the stem._q+iruti → _iruti
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+iruti → _VVngiruti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᓴᒃ  isak (1nv)


Meaning
to have almost no more of s.t.; there to be almost no more of s.t.

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᓴᒃ isak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+isak → _Visak
After t
ᐃᓴᒃ isak It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+isak → _taisak
After k
ᐃᓴᒃ isak It deletes the k of the stem._k+isak → _isak
After q
ᐃᓴᒃ isak It deletes the q of the stem._q+isak → _isak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐃᑦ  it (1nv)


Meaning
after -mi: to be in; to exist in; after -tut: to be like

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᑦ it It does not affect the final of the stem._V+it → _Vit
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_loc OU cas==cas_sim

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᑦ  it (1vv)


Meaning
to be the contrary of

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᑦ it It does not affect the final of the stem._V+it → _Vit
After t
ᐃᑦ it It deletes the t of the stem._t+it → _it
After k
ᐃᑦ it It deletes the k of the stem._k+it → _it
After q
ᐃᑦ it It deletes the q of the stem._q+it → _it
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a._Vaq+it → _Vit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET nature==nature_a

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᐃᑦ  it (2nv)


Meaning
to have no s.t.; to be without s.t.

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᑦ it It does not affect the final of the stem._V+it → _Vit
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+it → _VVngit
After t
ᐃᑦ it It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+it → _tait
ᐃᑦ it It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+it → _tiit
After k
ᐃᑦ it It deletes the k of the stem._k+it → _it
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+it → _VVngit
After q
ᐃᑦ it It deletes the q of the stem._q+it → _it
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+it → _VVngit
ᐃᑦ it It deletes the q of the stem._q+it → _it
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a._Vaq+it → _Vit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
NOT the condition of it/3nv on the preceding morpheme

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐃᑦ  it (3nv)


Meaning
to be such

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐃᑦ it It does not affect the final of the stem._V+it → _Vit
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+it → _VVngit
After t
ᐃᑦ it It inserts a in front of the suffix._t+it → _tait
ᐃᑦ it It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+it → _tiit
After k
ᐃᑦ it It deletes the k of the stem._k+it → _it
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+it → _VVngit
After q
ᐃᑦ it It deletes the q of the stem._q+it → _it
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+it → _VVngit
ᐃᑦ it It deletes the q of the stem._q+it → _it
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a._Vaq+it → _Vit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_a

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔭᖅ  jaq (1vn)


Meaning
he/that on whom/which the action is done (passive)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᖅ jaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jaq → _Vjaq
After t
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+taq → _ttaq
After k
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+taq → _ktaq
After q
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+taq → _qtaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔭᖅ  jaq (1vv)


Meaning
to seem, to be, to look, to act like being s.t. or s.o.

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᖅ jaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jaq → _Vjaq
ᔮᖅ jaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jaaq → _Vjaaq
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==u/1nv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᔭᖅ  jaq (2vv)


Meaning
multiple action, or action on multiple objects

This infix is a frequentative. Frequentatives are often used with perfect verb roots (action in the past with result in the present) to indicate that the action is actually taking place in the present time. For example:
   iqqanaiqpaa - he has finished it
   iqqanaijaqpaa - he is finishing it

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᖅ jaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jaq → _Vjaq
After t
ᔭᖅ jaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+jaq → _jaq
After k
ᔭᖅ jaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+jaq → _jaq
After q
ᔭᖅ jaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+jaq → _jaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᔭᖅ  jaq (3vn)


Meaning
like, similar to

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᖅ jaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jaq → _Vjaq
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==u/1nv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔭᖅᑐᖅ  jaqtuq (1vv)


Meaning
go to, go off to, go on to, etc. for a long time

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᖅᑐᖅ jaqtuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jaqtuq → _Vjaqtuq
ᔮᖅᑐᖅ jaaqtuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jaaqtuq → _Vjaaqtuq
After t
ᓴᖅᑐᖅ saqtuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+saqtuq → _saqtuq
After k
ᒋᐊᖅᑐᖅ giaqtuq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+giaqtuq → _giaqtuq
After q
ᕆᐊᖅᑐᖅ riaqtuq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+riaqtuq → _riaqtuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔭᕆᐊᒃᓴᖅ  jariaksaq (2vn)


Meaning
gives the verbal root a gerundive (nominal) meaning; when followed by a possessive ending, it has the sens "whether or not"

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᕆᐊᒃᓴᖅ jariaksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jariaksaq → _Vjariaksaq
After t
ᑕᕆᐊᒃᓴᖅ tariaksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tariaksaq → _ttariaksaq
After k
ᒋᐊᒃᓴᖅ giaksaq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+giaksaq → _giaksaq
After q
ᕆᐊᒃᓴᖅ riaksaq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+riaksaq → _riaksaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔭᕆᐊᖅ  jariaq (1vn)


Meaning
the obligation to perform an action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᕆᐊᖅ jariaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jariaq → _Vjariaq
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+giaq → _Vgiaq
After t
ᑕᕆᐊᖅ tariaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tariaq → _ttariaq
After k
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+giaq → _giaq
After q
ᕆᐊᖅ riaq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+riaq → _riaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
id==qaq/1nv OU id==lik/1nn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔭᕇᖅ  jariiq (1vv)


Meaning
action already completed: 'already'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᕇᖅ jariiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jariiq → _Vjariiq
After t
ᑕᕇᖅ tariiq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tariiq → _ttariiq
After k
ᒌᖅ giiq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+giiq → _giiq
After q
ᕇᖅ riiq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+riiq → _riiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᔭᕆᐅᖅ  jariuq (1vv)


Meaning
'for the first time'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᕆᐅᖅ jariuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jariuq → _Vjariuq
After t
ᑕᕆᐅᖅ tariuq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tariuq → _ttariuq
After k
ᒋᐅᖅ giuq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+giuq → _giuq
After q
ᕆᐅᖅ riuq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+riuq → _riuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᔭᕐᓂᖅ  jarniq (1vv)


Meaning
to be pleasant to...

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔭᕐᓂᖅ jarniq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jarniq → _Vjarniq
After t
ᒐᕐᓂᖅ garniq It deletes the t of the stem._t+garniq → _garniq
After k
ᒐᕐᓂᖅ garniq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+garniq → _garniq
After q
ᓂᖅ niq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into n._q+niq → _niq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  ji (1vn)


Meaning
one whose job is; agent

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ji It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ji → _Vji
After t
ti It does not affect the final of the stem._t+ti → _tti
After k
ti It does not affect the final of the stem._k+ti → _kti
After q
ti It does not affect the final of the stem._q+ti → _qti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v OU function==function_nv OU function==function_vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  ji (1vv)


Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ji If the stem meets the condition id:uti/1vv, it deletes the V of the stem._V+ji → _ji
ji If the stem does not meet the condition id:uti/1vv, it does not affect the final of the stem._V+ji → _Vji
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_ji/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔾᔮ  jjaa (1vv)


Meaning
emphatic future: 'definitely' (always combined with a negative suffix: -nngit-, -junniiq-)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔾᔮ jjaa It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jjaa → _Vjjaa
After t
ᔾᔮ jjaa It deletes the t of the stem._t+jjaa → _jjaa
After k
ᔾᔮ jjaa It deletes the k of the stem._k+jjaa → _jjaa
After q
ᔾᔮ jjaa It deletes the q of the stem._q+jjaa → _jjaa

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
id==junniiq/1vv OU id==nngit/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ  jjaikkut (1vn)


Meaning
instrument of prevention

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ jjaikkut It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jjaikkut → _Vjjaikkut
After t
ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ jjaikkut It deletes the t of the stem._t+jjaikkut → _jjaikkut
After k
ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ jjaikkut It deletes the k of the stem._k+jjaikkut → _jjaikkut
After q
ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ jjaikkut It deletes the q of the stem._q+jjaikkut → _jjaikkut

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔾᔭᖅ  jjaq (1nv)


Meaning
to break; to snap off

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔾᔭᖅ jjaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jjaq → _Vjjaq
After t
ᔾᔭᖅ jjaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+jjaq → _jjaq
After k
ᔾᔭᖅ jjaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+jjaq → _jjaq
After q
ᔾᔭᖅ jjaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+jjaq → _jjaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᔾᔨᖅ  jjiq (1nv)


Meaning
to put s.t. on s.t. or s.o.

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jjiq → _Vjjiq
After t
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+jjiq → _jjiq
After k
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+jjiq → _jjiq
After q
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+jjiq → _jjiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᔾᔨᖅ  jjiq (2nv)


Meaning
to receive s.t.

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jjiq → _Vjjiq
After t
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+jjiq → _jjiq
After k
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+jjiq → _jjiq
After q
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+jjiq → _jjiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᔾᔪᑦ  jjut (1vn)


Meaning
reason, cause, motive for doing s.t.

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔾᔪᑦ jjut It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jjut → _Vjjut
ᔾᔪᑎ jjuti It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jjuti → _Vjjuti
After t
ᔾᔪᑦ jjut It deletes the t of the stem._t+jjut → _jjut
ᔾᔪᑎ jjuti It deletes the t of the stem._t+jjuti → _jjuti
After k
ᔾᔪᑦ jjut It deletes the k of the stem._k+jjut → _jjut
ᔾᔪᑎ jjuti It deletes the k of the stem._k+jjuti → _jjuti
After q
ᕈᑦ rut It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+rut → _rut
ᕈᑎ ruti It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+ruti → _ruti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᔪᐊᖅ  juaq (1nn)


Meaning
large; big

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq It inserts r in front of the suffix._V+juaq → _Vrjuaq
After t
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq It inserts ir in front of the suffix._t+juaq → _tirjuaq
After k
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+juaq → _gjuaq
After q
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+juaq → _rjuaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᔪᐊᖅ  juaq (2vv)


Meaning
over-sized, exaggerated action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq It inserts r in front of the suffix._V+juaq → _Vrjuaq
After t
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq It inserts ir in front of the suffix._t+juaq → _tirjuaq
After k
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+juaq → _gjuaq
After q
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+juaq → _rjuaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᔪᐃᑦ  juit (1vv)


Meaning
rarity of the action: 'rarely', 'seldom'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᐃᑦ juit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juit → _Vjuit
ᓱᐃᑦ suit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+suit → _Vsuit
After t
ᔪᐃᑦ juit It deletes the t of the stem._t+juit → _juit
ᑐᐃᑦ tuit It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuit → _ttuit
After k
ᔪᐃᑦ juit It deletes the k of the stem._k+juit → _juit
After q
ᔪᐃᑦ juit It deletes the q of the stem._q+juit → _juit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔪᒃᓴᖅ  juksaq (1vn)


Meaning
someone or something who should (is supposed to) perform an action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: juq1vn + ksaq1nn

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᒃᓴᖅ juksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juksaq → _Vjuksaq
After t
ᑐᒃᓴᖅ tuksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuksaq → _ttuksaq
After k
ᑐᒃᓴᖅ tuksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tuksaq → _ktuksaq
After q
ᑐᒃᓴᖅ tuksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tuksaq → _qtuksaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔪᒪ  juma (1vv)


Meaning
desire

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᒪ juma It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juma → _Vjuma
ᒍᒪ guma It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guma → _Vguma
After t
ᑐᒪ tuma It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuma → _ttuma
ᒍᒪ guma It deletes the t of the stem._t+guma → _guma
After k
ᒍᒪ guma It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+guma → _guma
After q
ᕈᒪ ruma It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+ruma → _ruma

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔪᒫᖅ  jumaaq (1vv)


Meaning
very distant future

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᒫᖅ jumaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+jumaaq → _Vjumaaq
ᒍᒫᖅ gumaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gumaaq → _Vgumaaq
After t
ᑐᒫᖅ tumaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tumaaq → _ttumaaq
ᒍᒫᖅ gumaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+gumaaq → _gumaaq
After k
ᒍᒫᖅ gumaaq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+gumaaq → _gumaaq
After q
ᕈᒫᖅ rumaaq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+rumaaq → _rumaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᔪᒥᓇᖅ  juminaq (1vv)


Meaning
causation of a desire to

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᒥᓇᖅ juminaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juminaq → _Vjuminaq
ᒍᒥᓇᖅ guminaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guminaq → _Vguminaq
ᔪᒥᓇᒃ juminak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juminak → _Vjuminak
ᒍᒥᓇᒃ guminak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guminak → _Vguminak
After t
ᑐᒥᓇᖅ tuminaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuminaq → _ttuminaq
ᒍᒥᓇᖅ guminaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+guminaq → _guminaq
ᑐᒥᓇᒃ tuminak It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuminak → _ttuminak
ᒍᒥᓇᒃ guminak It deletes the t of the stem._t+guminak → _guminak
After k
ᒍᒥᓇᖅ guminaq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+guminaq → _guminaq
ᒍᒥᓇᒃ guminak It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+guminak → _guminak
After q
ᕈᒥᓇᖅ ruminaq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+ruminaq → _ruminaq
ᕈᒥᓇᒃ ruminak It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+ruminak → _ruminak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔪᓐᓇᙱᑦ  junnanngit (1vv)


Meaning
to not be able to; occasionally means "never"

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: junnaq1vv + nngit1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᓐᓇᙱᑦ junnanngit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+junnanngit → _Vjunnanngit
ᔪᓇᙱᑦ junanngit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+junanngit → _Vjunanngit
ᒍᓐᓇᙱᑦ gunnanngit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gunnanngit → _Vgunnanngit
ᒍᓇᙱᑦ gunanngit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gunanngit → _Vgunanngit
After t
ᑐᓐᓇᙱᑦ tunnanngit It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tunnanngit → _ttunnanngit
ᑐᓇᙱᑦ tunanngit It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tunanngit → _ttunanngit
ᒍᓐᓇᙱᑦ gunnanngit It deletes the t of the stem._t+gunnanngit → _gunnanngit
ᒍᓇᙱᑦ gunanngit It deletes the t of the stem._t+gunanngit → _gunanngit
After k
ᒍᓐᓇᙱᑦ gunnanngit It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+gunnanngit → _gunnanngit
ᒍᓇᙱᑦ gunanngit It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+gunanngit → _gunanngit
After q
ᕈᓐᓇᙱᑦ runnanngit It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+runnanngit → _runnanngit
ᕈᓇᙱᑦ runanngit It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+runanngit → _runanngit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔪᓐᓇᖅ  junnaq (1vv)


Meaning
capability: 'can', 'be able to'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᓐᓇᖅ junnaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+junnaq → _Vjunnaq
ᔪᓇᖅ junaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+junaq → _Vjunaq
ᒍᓐᓇᖅ gunnaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gunnaq → _Vgunnaq
ᒍᓇᖅ gunaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gunaq → _Vgunaq
After t
ᑐᓐᓇᖅ tunnaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tunnaq → _ttunnaq
ᑐᓇᖅ tunaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tunaq → _ttunaq
ᒍᓐᓇᖅ gunnaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+gunnaq → _gunnaq
ᒍᓇᖅ gunaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+gunaq → _gunaq
After k
ᒍᓐᓇᖅ gunnaq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+gunnaq → _gunnaq
ᒍᓇᖅ gunaq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+gunaq → _gunaq
After q
ᕈᓐᓇᖅ runnaq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+runnaq → _runnaq
ᕈᓇᖅ runaq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+runaq → _runaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔪᓐᓃᖅ  junniiq (1vv)


Meaning
cessation of action: 'not any longer', 'not any more'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᓐᓃᖅ junniiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+junniiq → _Vjunniiq
ᔪᓃᖅ juniiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juniiq → _Vjuniiq
ᔪᓂᖅ juniq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juniq → _Vjuniq
ᒍᓐᓃᖅ gunniiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gunniiq → _Vgunniiq
ᒍᓃᖅ guniiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guniiq → _Vguniiq
ᒍᓂᖅ guniq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guniq → _Vguniq
After t
ᑐᓐᓃᖅ tunniiq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tunniiq → _ttunniiq
ᑐᓃᖅ tuniiq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuniiq → _ttuniiq
ᑐᓂᖅ tuniq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuniq → _ttuniq
ᒍᓐᓃᖅ gunniiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+gunniiq → _gunniiq
ᒍᓃᖅ guniiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+guniiq → _guniiq
ᒍᓂᖅ guniq It deletes the t of the stem._t+guniq → _guniq
After k
ᒍᓐᓃᖅ gunniiq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+gunniiq → _gunniiq
ᒍᓃᖅ guniiq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+guniiq → _guniiq
ᒍᓂᖅ guniq It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g._k+guniq → _guniq
After q
ᕈᓐᓃᖅ runniiq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+runniiq → _runniiq
ᕈᓃᖅ runiiq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+runiiq → _runiiq
ᕈᓂᖅ runiq It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r._q+runiq → _runiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔪᖅ  juq (1vn)


Meaning
one who/something that does the action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔪᖅ juq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juq → _Vjuq
After t
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuq → _ttuq
After k
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tuq → _ktuq
After q
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tuq → _qtuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Mallon, Mick, "Introductory Inuktitut Reference Grammar version 2.1". Nunavut Arctic College, Ittukuluuk Language Programs, Iqaluit & Victoria, Canada, 1995.



  juu (1vv)


Meaning
distant past and historical past

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
juu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juu → _Vjuu
After t
juu It deletes the t of the stem._t+juu → _juu
After k
juu It deletes the k of the stem._k+juu → _juu
After q
juu It deletes the q of the stem._q+juu → _juu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᔫᒻᒥ  juummi (1vv)


Meaning
to a small degree, a little

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᔫᒻᒥ juummi It inserts j in front of the suffix._V+juummi → _Vjjuummi
ᔪᒥ jumi It inserts j in front of the suffix._V+jumi → _Vjjumi
After t
ᔫᒻᒥ juummi It assimilates the t of the stem to the j of the suffix._t+juummi → _jjuummi
ᔪᒥ jumi It assimilates the t of the stem to the j of the suffix._t+jumi → _jjumi
After k
ᔫᒻᒥ juummi It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+juummi → _gjuummi
ᔪᒥ jumi It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+jumi → _gjumi
After q
ᔫᒻᒥ juummi It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+juummi → _rjuummi
ᔪᒥ jumi It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+jumi → _rjumi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒃᖠ  k&i (1nv)


Meaning
there to be less of X; a diminuation of X

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᖠ k&i It does not affect the final of the stem._V+k&i → _Vk&i
After t
The form in this context is not known to us at this moment.
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown.null
After k
ᕐᖠ r&i It deletes the k of the stem._k+r&i → _r&i
After q
ᕐᖠ r&i It deletes the q of the stem._q+r&i → _r&i

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑳᓪᓚᖅ  kaallaq (1vv)


Meaning
suddenly

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑳᓪᓚᖅ kaallaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kaallaq → _Vkaallaq
ᑳᓪᓚᒃ kaallak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kaallak → _Vkaallak
After t
ᑳᓪᓚᖅ kaallaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kaallaq → _kaallaq
ᑳᓪᓚᒃ kaallak It deletes the t of the stem._t+kaallak → _kaallak
After k
ᑳᓪᓚᖅ kaallaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kaallaq → _kaallaq
ᑳᓪᓚᒃ kaallak It deletes the k of the stem._k+kaallak → _kaallak
After q
ᑳᓪᓚᖅ kaallaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kaallaq → _kaallaq
ᑳᓪᓚᒃ kaallak It deletes the q of the stem._q+kaallak → _kaallak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ  kainnaq (1vv)


Meaning
brief action: 'for a brief time', 'for a short time'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ kainnaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kainnaq → _Vkainnaq
After t
ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ kainnaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kainnaq → _kainnaq
After k
ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ kainnaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kainnaq → _kainnaq
After q
ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ kainnaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kainnaq → _kainnaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑲᒻᒥᖅ  kammiq (1vv)


Meaning
recently

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑲᒻᒥᖅ kammiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kammiq → _Vkammiq
After t
ᑲᒻᒥᖅ kammiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kammiq → _kammiq
After k
ᑲᒻᒥᖅ kammiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kammiq → _kammiq
After q
ᑲᒻᒥᖅ kammiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kammiq → _kammiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑲᓵᒃ  kasaak (1nn)


Meaning
incompleteness: 'almost'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑲᓵᒃ kasaak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kasaak → _Vkasaak
After t
ᑲᓵᒃ kasaak It deletes the t of the stem._t+kasaak → _kasaak
After k
ᑲᓵᒃ kasaak It deletes the k of the stem._k+kasaak → _kasaak
After q
ᑲᓵᒃ kasaak It deletes the q of the stem._q+kasaak → _kasaak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑲᓴᒃ  kasak (1vv)


Meaning
incompleteness: 'almost'; with a subordinate clause in the past conditional ('if I had...'), a main verb with this suffix takes on a subjunctive meaning ('I would have...')

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑲᓴᒃ kasak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kasak → _Vkasak
ᑲᓵᖅ kasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kasaaq → _Vkasaaq
ᑲᓵᒃ kasaak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kasaak → _Vkasaak
After t
ᑲᓴᒃ kasak It deletes the t of the stem._t+kasak → _kasak
ᑲᓵᖅ kasaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kasaaq → _kasaaq
ᑲᓵᒃ kasaak It deletes the t of the stem._t+kasaak → _kasaak
After k
ᑲᓴᒃ kasak It deletes the k of the stem._k+kasak → _kasak
ᑲᓵᖅ kasaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kasaaq → _kasaaq
ᑲᓵᒃ kasaak It deletes the k of the stem._k+kasaak → _kasaak
After q
ᑲᓴᒃ kasak It deletes the q of the stem._q+kasak → _kasak
ᑲᓵᖅ kasaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kasaaq → _kasaaq
ᑲᓵᒃ kasaak It deletes the q of the stem._q+kasaak → _kasaak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑲᐅᑎᒋ  kautigi (1vv)


Meaning
(Harper) hastily; quickly; prematurely; (Spalding) simultaneously; at the same time as

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑲᐅᑎᒋ kautigi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kautigi → _Vkautigi
ᑦᓴᐅᑎᒋ tsautigi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tsautigi → _Vtsautigi
After t
ᑲᐅᑎᒋ kautigi It deletes the t of the stem._t+kautigi → _kautigi
ᑦᓴᐅᑎᒋ tsautigi It deletes the t of the stem._t+tsautigi → _tsautigi
After k
ᑲᐅᑎᒋ kautigi It deletes the k of the stem._k+kautigi → _kautigi
ᑦᓴᐅᑎᒋ tsautigi It deletes the k of the stem._k+tsautigi → _tsautigi
After q
ᑲᐅᑎᒋ kautigi It deletes the q of the stem._q+kautigi → _kautigi
ᑦᓴᐅᑎᒋ tsautigi It deletes the q of the stem._q+tsautigi → _tsautigi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑭᐊ  kia (1q)


Meaning
uncertainty: 'I wonder', 'I don't know'

Type
tail suffix

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑭᐊ kia It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kia → _Vkia
ᑭᐊᖅ kiaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kiaq → _Vkiaq
After t
ᑭᐊ kia It deletes the t of the stem._t+kia → _kia
ᑭᐊᖅ kiaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kiaq → _kiaq
After k
ᑭᐊ kia It deletes the k of the stem._k+kia → _kia
ᑭᐊᖅ kiaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kiaq → _kiaq
After q
ᑭᐊ kia It deletes the q of the stem._q+kia → _kia
ᑭᐊᖅ kiaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kiaq → _kiaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑭᓴᐅᑎ  kisauti (1vv)


Meaning
competition in the action of the verb

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑭᓴᐅᑎ kisauti It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kisauti → _Vkisauti
After t
ᑭᓴᐅᑎ kisauti It deletes the t of the stem._t+kisauti → _kisauti
After k
ᑭᓴᐅᑎ kisauti It deletes the k of the stem._k+kisauti → _kisauti
After q
ᑭᓴᐅᑎ kisauti It deletes the q of the stem._q+kisauti → _kisauti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
number==number_d OU number==number_p

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑭᑦ  kit (1nv)


Meaning
to have small ...

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑭᑦ kit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kit → _Vkit
After t
ᑭᑦ kit It deletes the t of the stem._t+kit → _kit
After k
ᑭᑦ kit It deletes the k of the stem._k+kit → _kit
After q
ᑭᑦ kit It deletes the q of the stem._q+kit → _kit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_ger

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒃᑳᓗᒃ  kkaaluk (1vn)


Meaning
a person who performs very well the action of the verb; if at the end of the word, this suffix may have a verbal meaning in the 3rd person: 'he/she/it/they ... well'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᑳᓗᒃ kkaaluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kkaaluk → _Vkkaaluk
After t
ᒃᑳᓗᒃ kkaaluk It deletes the t of the stem._t+kkaaluk → _kkaaluk
After k
ᒃᑳᓗᒃ kkaaluk It deletes the k of the stem._k+kkaaluk → _kkaaluk
After q
ᒃᑳᓗᒃ kkaaluk It deletes the q of the stem._q+kkaaluk → _kkaaluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ  kkanniq (1nn)


Meaning
additionnal, more

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kkanniq → _Vkkanniq
ᑲᓐᓂᖅ kanniq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kanniq → _Vkanniq
After t
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kkanniq → _kkanniq
ᑲᓐᓂᖅ kanniq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kanniq → _kanniq
After k
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kkanniq → _kkanniq
ᑲᓐᓂᖅ kanniq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kanniq → _kanniq
After q
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kkanniq → _kkanniq
ᑲᓐᓂᖅ kanniq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kanniq → _kanniq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ  kkanniq (1vv)


Meaning
repetition: 'once again'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kkanniq → _Vkkanniq
ᑲᓐᓂᖅ kanniq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kanniq → _Vkanniq
After t
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kkanniq → _kkanniq
ᑲᓐᓂᖅ kanniq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kanniq → _kanniq
After k
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kkanniq → _kkanniq
ᑲᓐᓂᖅ kanniq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kanniq → _kanniq
After q
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kkanniq → _kkanniq
ᑲᓐᓂᖅ kanniq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kanniq → _kanniq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒃᑲᖅ  kkaq (1vn)


Meaning
a person who performs well the action of the verb

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kkaq → _Vkkaq
After t
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kkaq → _kkaq
After k
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kkaq → _kkaq
After q
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kkaq → _kkaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒃᑲᖅ  kkaq (2vv)


Meaning
to make s.o. do s.t. intentionally

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kkaq → _Vkkaq
After t
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kkaq → _kkaq
After k
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kkaq → _kkaq
After q
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kkaq → _kkaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᒃᑭᖅ  kkiq (1nn)


Meaning
a person with large body parts

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᑭᖅ kkiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kkiq → _Vkkiq
After t
ᒃᑭᖅ kkiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kkiq → _kkiq
After k
ᒃᑭᖅ kkiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kkiq → _kkiq
After q
ᒃᑭᖅ kkiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kkiq → _kkiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒃᑯᑦ  kkut (1nn)


Meaning
group, family, people related to

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᑯᑦ kkut It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kkut → _Vkkut
After t
ᒃᑯᑦ kkut It deletes the t of the stem._t+kkut → _kkut
After k
ᒃᑯᑦ kkut It deletes the k of the stem._k+kkut → _kkut
After q
ᒃᑯᑦ kkut It deletes the q of the stem._q+kkut → _kkut

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᒃᓴᖅ  ksaq (1nn)


Meaning
material, something which will become or be made into something else; potential for

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ksaq → _Vksaq
After t
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+ksaq → _ksaq
After k
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ksaq → _ksaq
After q
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ksaq → _ksaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᒃᓴᖅ  ksaq (1nv)


Meaning
to gather s.t. to make an object

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ksaq → _Vksaq
After t
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+ksaq → _ksaq
After k
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ksaq → _ksaq
After q
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ksaq → _ksaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᒃᓴᖅ  ksaq (1vv)


Meaning
added to gi-verbs to make them intransitive

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ksaq → _Vksaq
After t
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+ksaq → _ksaq
After k
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ksaq → _ksaq
After q
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ksaq → _ksaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET intransinfix==intransinfix_ksaq/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒃᓴᖅ  ksaq (2vv)


Meaning
to find, consider s.t. or s.o. ...

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ksaq → _Vksaq
After t
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+ksaq → _ksaq
After k
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ksaq → _ksaq
After q
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ksaq → _ksaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET nature==nature_a

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒃᓯ  ksi (1vv)


Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒃᓯ ksi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ksi → _Vksi
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_ksi/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᑯᓗ  kulu (1nn)


Meaning
reinforcement of the smallness; endearment: 'sweet little'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑯᓗ kulu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kulu → _Vkulu
ᑯᓗᒃ kuluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kuluk → _Vkuluk
After t
ᑯᓗ kulu It deletes the t of the stem._t+kulu → _kulu
ᑯᓗᒃ kuluk It deletes the t of the stem._t+kuluk → _kuluk
After k
ᑯᓗ kulu It deletes the k of the stem._k+kulu → _kulu
ᑯᓗᒃ kuluk It deletes the k of the stem._k+kuluk → _kuluk
After q
ᑯᓗ kulu It deletes the q of the stem._q+kulu → _kulu
ᑯᓗᒃ kuluk It deletes the q of the stem._q+kuluk → _kuluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑯᑖᖅ  kutaaq (1nn)


Meaning
tall, long

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kutaaq → _Vkutaaq
After t
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kutaaq → _kutaaq
After k
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kutaaq → _kutaaq
After q
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kutaaq → _kutaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑯᑖᖅ  kutaaq (1vv)


Meaning
to be, to do for a long time

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kutaaq → _Vkutaaq
After t
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+kutaaq → _kutaaq
After k
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+kutaaq → _kutaaq
After q
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+kutaaq → _kutaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᑯᕕᒃ  kuvik (1nn)


Meaning
a place to keep; a container for

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑯᕕᒃ kuvik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+kuvik → _Vkuvik
After t
ᑯᕕᒃ kuvik It deletes the t of the stem._t+kuvik → _kuvik
After k
ᑯᕕᒃ kuvik It deletes the k of the stem._k+kuvik → _kuvik
After q
ᑯᕕᒃ kuvik It deletes the q of the stem._q+kuvik → _kuvik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓛᖅ  laaq (1nn)


Meaning
diminutiveness: 'small'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓛᖅ laaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+laaq → _Vlaaq
After t
ᓛᖅ laaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+laaq → _laaq
After k
ᓛᖅ laaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+laaq → _laaq
After q
ᓛᖅ laaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+laaq → _laaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓛᖅ  laaq (2vv)


Meaning
far futur

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓛᖅ laaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+laaq → _Vlaaq
After t
ᓛᖅ laaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+laaq → _laaq
After k
ᓛᖅ laaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+laaq → _laaq
After q
ᓛᖅ laaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+laaq → _laaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓛᖅ  laaq (3vn)


Meaning
superlativeness: 'the one that ... the most'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓛᖅ laaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+laaq → _Vlaaq
After t
ᓛᖅ laaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+laaq → _laaq
After k
ᓛᖅ laaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+laaq → _laaq
After q
ᓛᖅ laaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+laaq → _laaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓚᒃ  lak (1vv)


Meaning
a little

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓚᒃ lak It inserts r in front of the suffix._V+lak → _Vrlak
After t
ᓚᒃ lak It does not affect the final of the stem._t+lak → _tlak
After k
ᓚᒃ lak It does not affect the final of the stem._k+lak → _klak
After q
ᓚᒃ lak It does not affect the final of the stem._q+lak → _qlak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓚᖓ  langa (1vv)


Meaning
immediately, right now (today)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓚᖓ langa It does not affect the final of the stem._V+langa → _Vlanga
After t
ᓚᖓ langa It deletes the t of the stem._t+langa → _langa
After k
ᓚᖓ langa It deletes the k of the stem._k+langa → _langa
After q
ᓚᖓ langa It deletes the q of the stem._q+langa → _langa

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᓚᑖᖅ  lataaq (1nn)


Meaning
genuineness: 'real'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lataaq → _Vlataaq
After t
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+lataaq → _lataaq
After k
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lataaq → _lataaq
After q
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lataaq → _lataaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓚᑖᖅ  lataaq (2vv)


Meaning
certainty of the action: 'really', 'certainly'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lataaq → _Vlataaq
After t
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+lataaq → _lataaq
After k
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lataaq → _lataaq
After q
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lataaq → _lataaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓚᐅᑲᒃ  laukak (1vv)


Meaning
brief action: 'for a brief time', 'for a short time'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓚᐅᑲᒃ laukak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+laukak → _Vlaukak
After t
ᓚᐅᑲᒃ laukak It deletes the t of the stem._t+laukak → _laukak
After k
ᓚᐅᑲᒃ laukak It deletes the k of the stem._k+laukak → _laukak
After q
ᓚᐅᑲᒃ laukak It deletes the q of the stem._q+laukak → _laukak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓚᐅᖅ  lauq (1vv)


Meaning
general perceived past; 'before' or 'after' when completed by partitipial endings

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lauq → _Vlauq
After t
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq It deletes the t of the stem._t+lauq → _lauq
After k
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lauq → _lauq
After q
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lauq → _lauq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓚᐅᖅ  lauq (2vv)


Meaning
priority of the command

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lauq → _Vlauq
After t
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq It deletes the t of the stem._t+lauq → _lauq
After k
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lauq → _lauq
After q
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lauq → _lauq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_imp

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ  lauqsima (1vv)


Meaning
past indefinite tense

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: lauq1vv + sima1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ lauqsima It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lauqsima → _Vlauqsima
After t
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ lauqsima It deletes the t of the stem._t+lauqsima → _lauqsima
After k
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ lauqsima It deletes the k of the stem._k+lauqsima → _lauqsima
After q
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ lauqsima It deletes the q of the stem._q+lauqsima → _lauqsima

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ  lauqsimajunniiq (1vv)


Meaning
the action ceased ages ago, a long time ago = to not have done for a long time

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: lauq1vv + sima1vv + junniiq1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ lauqsimajunniiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lauqsimajunniiq → _Vlauqsimajunniiq
After t
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ lauqsimajunniiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+lauqsimajunniiq → _lauqsimajunniiq
After k
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ lauqsimajunniiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lauqsimajunniiq → _lauqsimajunniiq
After q
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ lauqsimajunniiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lauqsimajunniiq → _lauqsimajunniiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  li (1q)


Meaning
but

Type
tail suffix

Variants and actions

After vowel
li It does not affect the final of the stem._V+li → _Vli
After t
li It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t._t+li → _lli
After k
li It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+li → _gli
After q
li It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+li → _rli

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  li (2vv)


Meaning
to make that s.t. or s.o. ... (refl.: to become); to make s.t. (trans.: to s.o.)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
li It does not affect the final of the stem._V+li → _Vli
After t
li It deletes the t of the stem._t+li → _li
After k
li It deletes the k of the stem._k+li → _li
After q
li It deletes the q of the stem._q+li → _li

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
NOT the condition of li/4vv on the preceding morpheme

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  li (3nv)


Meaning
to build, make something (trans.: for s.o.); with certain words: find s.t.

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
li It does not affect the final of the stem._V+li → _Vli
After t
li It deletes the t of the stem._t+li → _li
After k
li It deletes the k of the stem._k+li → _li
After q
li It deletes the q of the stem._q+li → _li

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  li (4vv)


Meaning
to do s.t. in this way

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
li It deletes the t of the stem._t+li → _li
li It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t._t+li → _lli
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==it/3nv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᐊᖅ  liaq (1nn)


Meaning
something constructed

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+liaq → _Vliaq
After t
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+liaq → _liaq
After k
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+liaq → _liaq
After q
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+liaq → _liaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᐊᖅ  liaq (2nv)


Meaning
motion towards: 'to go to'; 'to go hunting' with game-animal nouns, when the hunter knows where to head

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+liaq → _Vliaq
After t
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+siaq → _siaq
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+liaq → _tiliaq
After k
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+liaq → _liaq
After q
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+liaq → _liaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᒑ  ligaa (1vv)


Meaning
imminent action: 'to be about to'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᒑ ligaa It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ligaa → _Vligaa
After t
ᓕᒑ ligaa It deletes the t of the stem._t+ligaa → _ligaa
After k
ᓕᒑ ligaa It deletes the k of the stem._k+ligaa → _ligaa
After q
ᓕᒑ ligaa It deletes the q of the stem._q+ligaa → _ligaa

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᔭᖅ  lijaq (1nv)


Meaning
to bring along

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: liq2nv + jaq2vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᔭᖅ lijaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lijaq → _Vlijaq
After t
ᓯᔭᖅ sijaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+sijaq → _sijaq
ᓕᔭᖅ lijaq It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+lijaq → _tilijaq
After k
ᓕᔭᖅ lijaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lijaq → _lijaq
After q
ᓕᔭᖅ lijaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lijaq → _lijaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓕᒃ  lik (1nn)


Meaning
possession: 'one with' (at the end of the word, it may have a verbal meaning in the 3rd person)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᒃ lik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lik → _Vlik
After t
ᓕᒃ lik It deletes the t of the stem._t+lik → _lik
After k
ᓕᒃ lik It deletes the k of the stem._k+lik → _lik
After q
ᓕᒃ lik It deletes the q of the stem._q+lik → _lik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᒃ  lik (2nv)


Meaning
to go to; to have gone to; to come to; to find by chance

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᒃ lik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lik → _Vlik
After t
ᓕᒃ lik It deletes the t of the stem._t+lik → _lik
After k
ᓕᒃ lik It deletes the k of the stem._k+lik → _lik
After q
ᓕᒃ lik It deletes the q of the stem._q+lik → _lik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᓕᒃ  lik (3nv)


Meaning
to give, to provide, to offer, to fetch s.t. (trans.: to s.o.)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᒃ lik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lik → _Vlik
After t
ᓕᒃ lik It deletes the t of the stem._t+lik → _lik
After k
ᓕᒃ lik It deletes the k of the stem._k+lik → _lik
After q
ᓕᒃ lik It deletes the q of the stem._q+lik → _lik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᓕᒫᖅ  limaaq (1nn)


Meaning
inclusiveness: 'all of', 'the whole of'; (plur.) every

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+limaaq → _Vlimaaq
After t
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+limaaq → _limaaq
After k
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+limaaq → _limaaq
After q
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+limaaq → _limaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᒫᖅ  limaaq (2vv)


Meaning
ceaselessly

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+limaaq → _Vlimaaq
After t
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+limaaq → _limaaq
After k
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+limaaq → _limaaq
After q
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+limaaq → _limaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᖅ  liq (1vv)


Meaning
on-going action; present progressive tense

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᖅ liq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+liq → _Vliq
After t
ᓕᖅ liq It deletes the t of the stem._t+liq → _liq
After k
ᓕᖅ liq It deletes the k of the stem._k+liq → _liq
After q
ᓕᖅ liq It deletes the q of the stem._q+liq → _liq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᖅ  liq (2nv)


Meaning
to provide, supply; to put s.t. (trans.: to, on s.o.)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᖅ liq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+liq → _Vliq
After t
ᓯᖅ siq It deletes the t of the stem._t+siq → _siq
After k
ᓕᖅ liq It deletes the k of the stem._k+liq → _liq
After q
ᓕᖅ liq It deletes the q of the stem._q+liq → _liq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓕᖅ  liq (3nv)


Meaning
to go to, toward

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᖅ liq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+liq → _Vliq
After t
ᓕᖅ liq It deletes the t of the stem._t+liq → _liq
After k
ᓕᖅ liq It deletes the k of the stem._k+liq → _liq
After q
ᓕᖅ liq It deletes the q of the stem._q+liq → _liq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᓕᕿ  liqi (1nv)


Meaning
to chase, hunt

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᕿ liqi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+liqi → _Vliqi
After t
ᓕᕿ liqi The action is unknown.null
After k
ᓕᕿ liqi It deletes the k of the stem._k+liqi → _liqi
After q
ᓕᕿ liqi It deletes the q of the stem._q+liqi → _liqi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓕᕋᐃ  lirai (1vv)


Meaning
no meaning

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: liq1vv + gai1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᕋᐃ lirai It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lirai → _Vlirai
After t
ᓕᕋᐃ lirai It deletes the t of the stem._t+lirai → _lirai
After k
ᓕᕋᐃ lirai It deletes the k of the stem._k+lirai → _lirai
After q
ᓕᕋᐃ lirai It deletes the q of the stem._q+lirai → _lirai

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᕆ  liri (1nv)


Meaning
manipulation: 'to work with, on'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᕆ liri It does not affect the final of the stem._V+liri → _Vliri
After t
ᓕᕆ liri It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+liri → _tiliri
ᓯᕆ siri It deletes the t of the stem._t+siri → _siri
After k
ᓕᕆ liri It deletes the k of the stem._k+liri → _liri
After q
ᓕᕆ liri It deletes the q of the stem._q+liri → _liri

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓕᓵᖅ  lisaaq (1vv)


Meaning
just beginning, in the first stage of, for the fist time; to have just happened

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᓵᖅ lisaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lisaaq → _Vlisaaq
After t
ᓕᓵᖅ lisaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+lisaaq → _lisaaq
After k
ᓕᓵᖅ lisaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lisaaq → _lisaaq
After q
ᓕᓵᖅ lisaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lisaaq → _lisaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓕᓴᖅ  lisaq (1nn)


Meaning
container or holder for body parts

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᓴᖅ lisaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lisaq → _Vlisaq
After t
ᓕᓴᖅ lisaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+lisaq → _lisaq
After k
ᓕᓴᖅ lisaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lisaq → _lisaq
After q
ᓕᓴᖅ lisaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lisaq → _lisaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ  litainnaq (1vv)


Meaning
at last; finally

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ litainnaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+litainnaq → _Vlitainnaq
After t
ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ litainnaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+litainnaq → _litainnaq
After k
ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ litainnaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+litainnaq → _litainnaq
After q
ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ litainnaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+litainnaq → _litainnaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓕᐅᖅ  liuq (1nv)


Meaning
construction in progress: 'to be building s.t.' (trans.: for s.o.)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: li2vv + uq3vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓕᐅᖅ liuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+liuq → _Vliuq
After t
ᓕᐅᖅ liuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+liuq → _liuq
ᑎᐅᖅ tiuq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tiuq → _ttiuq
ᓯᐅᖅ siuq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+siuq → _tsiuq
After k
ᓕᐅᖅ liuq It deletes the k of the stem._k+liuq → _liuq
After q
ᓕᐅᖅ liuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+liuq → _liuq
ᔾᔨᐅᖅ jjiuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+jjiuq → _jjiuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓪᓛᓗᒃ  llaaluk (1vn)


Meaning
exaggeration, largeness, impressiveness of the action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓪᓛᓗᒃ llaaluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+llaaluk → _Vllaaluk
After t
ᓪᓛᓗᒃ llaaluk It deletes the t of the stem._t+llaaluk → _llaaluk
After k
ᓪᓛᓗᒃ llaaluk It deletes the k of the stem._k+llaaluk → _llaaluk
After q
ᓪᓛᓗᒃ llaaluk It deletes the q of the stem._q+llaaluk → _llaaluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓪᓚᖅ  llaq (1vv)


Meaning
heavily; clumsily

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓪᓚᖅ llaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+llaq → _Vllaq
After t
ᓪᓚᖅ llaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+llaq → _llaq
After k
ᓪᓚᖅ llaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+llaq → _llaq
After q
ᓪᓚᖅ llaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+llaq → _llaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓪᓚᕆᒃ  llarik (1vv)


Meaning
certainty of the action: 'really', 'certainly'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+llarik → _Vllarik
ᓚᕆᒃ larik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+larik → _Vlarik
After t
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik It deletes the t of the stem._t+llarik → _llarik
ᓚᕆᒃ larik It deletes the t of the stem._t+larik → _larik
After k
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik It deletes the k of the stem._k+llarik → _llarik
ᓚᕆᒃ larik It deletes the k of the stem._k+larik → _larik
After q
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik It deletes the q of the stem._q+llarik → _llarik
ᓚᕆᒃ larik It deletes the q of the stem._q+larik → _larik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓪᓚᕆᒃ  llarik (2nn)


Meaning
genuineness: 'real'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+llarik → _Vllarik
ᓚᕆᒃ larik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+larik → _Vlarik
After t
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik It deletes the t of the stem._t+llarik → _llarik
ᓚᕆᒃ larik It deletes the t of the stem._t+larik → _larik
After k
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik It deletes the k of the stem._k+llarik → _llarik
ᓚᕆᒃ larik It deletes the k of the stem._k+larik → _larik
After q
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik It deletes the q of the stem._q+llarik → _llarik
ᓚᕆᒃ larik It deletes the q of the stem._q+larik → _larik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  lu (1q)


Meaning
and

Type
tail suffix

Variants and actions

After vowel
lu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lu → _Vlu
After t
lu It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t._t+lu → _llu
After k
lu It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+lu → _glu
After q
lu It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+lu → _rlu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓗᐊᖅ  luaq (1vv)


Meaning
excessive action: 'too much'; 'quite'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+luaq → _Vluaq
ᓪᓗᐊᖅ lluaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lluaq → _Vlluaq
After t
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+luaq → _luaq
ᓪᓗᐊᖅ lluaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+lluaq → _lluaq
After k
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+luaq → _luaq
ᓪᓗᐊᖅ lluaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+lluaq → _lluaq
After q
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+luaq → _luaq
ᓪᓗᐊᖅ lluaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+lluaq → _lluaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓗᐊᖅ  luaq (2nn)


Meaning
exact

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+luaq → _Vluaq
After t
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+luaq → _luaq
After k
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+luaq → _luaq
After q
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+luaq → _luaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓗᒃ  luk (1nv)


Meaning
to have something bad or poor

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓗᒃ luk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+luk → _Vluk
After t
ᓗᒃ luk It deletes the t of the stem._t+luk → _luk
After k
ᓗᒃ luk It deletes the k of the stem._k+luk → _luk
After q
ᓗᒃ luk It deletes the q of the stem._q+luk → _luk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓗᒃ  luk (2nn)


Meaning
something bad or poor

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓗᒃ luk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+luk → _Vluk
After t
ᓗᒃ luk It deletes the t of the stem._t+luk → _luk
After k
ᓗᒃ luk It deletes the k of the stem._k+luk → _luk
After q
ᓗᒃ luk It deletes the q of the stem._q+luk → _luk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓗᒃ  luk (3vv)


Meaning
to perform an action in a poor or bad manner

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓗᒃ luk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+luk → _Vluk
After t
ᓗᒃ luk It deletes the t of the stem._t+luk → _luk
After k
ᓗᒃ luk It deletes the k of the stem._k+luk → _luk
After q
ᓗᒃ luk It deletes the q of the stem._q+luk → _luk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓗᒃᑖᖅ  luktaaq (1nn)


Meaning
inclusiveness: 'all of', 'the whole of'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓗᒃᑖᖅ luktaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+luktaaq → _Vluktaaq
After t
ᓗᒃᑖᖅ luktaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+luktaaq → _luktaaq
After k
ᓗᒃᑖᖅ luktaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+luktaaq → _luktaaq
After q
ᓗᒃᑖᖅ luktaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+luktaaq → _luktaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓗᒃᑖᑦ  luktaat (1nn)


Meaning
inclusiveness: 'every'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓗᒃᑖᑦ luktaat It does not affect the final of the stem._V+luktaat → _Vluktaat
After t
ᓗᒃᑖᑦ luktaat It deletes the t of the stem._t+luktaat → _luktaat
After k
ᓗᒃᑖᑦ luktaat It deletes the k of the stem._k+luktaat → _luktaat
After q
ᓗᒃᑖᑦ luktaat It deletes the q of the stem._q+luktaat → _luktaat

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓘᓐᓃᑦ  luunniit (1q)


Meaning
or; even; 'either...or' when used on two words

Type
tail suffix

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓘᓐᓃᑦ luunniit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+luunniit → _Vluunniit
ᓗᓐᓃᑦ lunniit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+lunniit → _Vlunniit
After t
ᓘᓐᓃᑦ luunniit It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t._t+luunniit → _lluunniit
ᓗᓐᓃᑦ lunniit It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t._t+lunniit → _llunniit
After k
ᓘᓐᓃᑦ luunniit It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+luunniit → _gluunniit
ᓗᓐᓃᑦ lunniit It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+lunniit → _glunniit
After q
ᓘᓐᓃᑦ luunniit It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+luunniit → _rluunniit
ᓗᓐᓃᑦ lunniit It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+lunniit → _rlunniit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  ma (1vv)


Meaning
to be in a state of

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ma It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ma → _Vma
ᐅᒪ uma It does not affect the final of the stem._V+uma → _Vuma
After t
ma It deletes the t of the stem._t+ma → _ma
ᐅᒪ uma It deletes the t of the stem._t+uma → _uma
After k
ma It deletes the k of the stem._k+ma → _ma
ᐅᒪ uma It deletes the k of the stem._k+uma → _uma
After q
ma It deletes the q of the stem._q+ma → _ma
ᐅᒪ uma It deletes the q of the stem._q+uma → _uma

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  mi (1vv)


Meaning
again

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
mi It inserts ng in front of the suffix._V+mi → _Vngmi
After t
mi It assimilates the t of the stem to the m of the suffix._t+mi → _mmi
After k
mi It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+mi → _gmi
After q
mi It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+mi → _rmi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_imp OU mode==mode_part OU mode==mode_caus OU mode==mode_cond OU mode==mode_freq OU mode==mode_dub OU mode==mode_ger

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒦᒃ  miik (1vn)


Meaning
exclamation: "Oh! how ...!"

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒦᒃ miik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+miik → _Vmiik
mii It does not affect the final of the stem._V+mii → _Vmii
mi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+mi → _Vmi
After t
ᒦᒃ miik It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+miik → _nmiik
mii It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+mii → _nmii
mi It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+mi → _nmi
After k
ᒦᒃ miik It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+miik → _ngmiik
mii It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+mii → _ngmii
mi It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+mi → _ngmi
After q
ᒦᒃ miik It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+miik → _rmiik
mii It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+mii → _rmii
mi It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+mi → _rmi
ᒦᒃ miik It deletes the q of the stem._q+miik → _miik
mii It deletes the q of the stem._q+mii → _mii
mi It deletes the q of the stem._q+mi → _mi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᒥᓂᖅ  miniq (1nn)


Meaning
denotes a former state; unperceived past following gerundive ending

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒥᓂᖅ miniq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+miniq → _Vminiq
After t
ᒥᓂᖅ miniq It deletes the t of the stem._t+miniq → _miniq
After k
ᒥᓂᖅ miniq It deletes the k of the stem._k+miniq → _miniq
After q
ᒥᓂᖅ miniq It deletes the q of the stem._q+miniq → _miniq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒥᐅᖅ  miuq (1nn)


Meaning
resident of a place name

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒥᐅᖅ miuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+miuq → _Vmiuq
After t
ᒥᐅᖅ miuq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+miuq → _nmiuq
After k
ᒥᐅᖅ miuq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+miuq → _ngmiuq
After q
ᒥᐅᖅ miuq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+miuq → _rmiuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒥᐅᑕᖅ  miutaq (1nn)


Meaning
resident of; apendage to; contents of

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒥᐅᑕᖅ miutaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+miutaq → _Vmiutaq
ᒥᐅᑦ miut It does not affect the final of the stem._V+miut → _Vmiut
After t
ᒥᐅᑕᖅ miutaq It assimilates the t of the stem to the m of the suffix._t+miutaq → _mmiutaq
ᒥᐅᑦ miut It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+miut → _timiut
After k
ᒥᐅᑕᖅ miutaq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+miutaq → _ngmiutaq
ᒥᐅᑦ miut It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+miut → _ngmiut
After q
ᒥᐅᑕᖅ miutaq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+miutaq → _rmiutaq
ᒥᐅᑦ miut It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+miut → _rmiut

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒻᒪᕆᒃ  mmarik (1nn)


Meaning
genuineness

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+mmarik → _Vmmarik
After t
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik It deletes the t of the stem._t+mmarik → _mmarik
After k
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik It deletes the k of the stem._k+mmarik → _mmarik
After q
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik It deletes the q of the stem._q+mmarik → _mmarik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒻᒪᕆᒃ  mmarik (2vv)


Meaning
certainty: 'really', 'certainly'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+mmarik → _Vmmarik
After t
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik It deletes the t of the stem._t+mmarik → _mmarik
After k
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik It deletes the k of the stem._k+mmarik → _mmarik
After q
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik It deletes the q of the stem._q+mmarik → _mmarik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᒻᒥᐊᖅ  mmiaq (1vv)


Meaning
contituity in the action; repetition of the action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᒻᒥᐊᖅ mmiaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+mmiaq → _Vmmiaq
ᒥᐊᖅ miaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+miaq → _Vmiaq
After t
ᒻᒥᐊᖅ mmiaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+mmiaq → _mmiaq
ᒥᐊᖅ miaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+miaq → _miaq
After k
ᒻᒥᐊᖅ mmiaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+mmiaq → _mmiaq
ᒥᐊᖅ miaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+miaq → _miaq
After q
ᒻᒥᐊᖅ mmiaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+mmiaq → _mmiaq
ᒥᐊᖅ miaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+miaq → _miaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᓇᔭᖅ  najaq (1vv)


Meaning
action dependent on a condition: 'would'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓇᔭᖅ najaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+najaq → _Vnajaq
ᒐᔭᖅ gajaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gajaq → _Vgajaq
After t
ᓇᔭᖅ najaq It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix._t+najaq → _nnajaq
After k
ᒐᔭᖅ gajaq It fusions the k of the stem with the n of the suffix into g._k+gajaq → _gajaq
After q
ᕋᔭᖅ rajaq It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r._q+rajaq → _rajaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓇᙱᑦ  nanngit (1vv)


Meaning
to prevent

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: naq1vv + nngit1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓇᙱᑦ nanngit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nanngit → _Vnanngit
After t
ᓇᙱᑦ nanngit It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+nanngit → _nnanngit
After k
ᓇᙱᑦ nanngit It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+nanngit → _ngnanngit
After q
ᓇᙱᑦ nanngit It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+nanngit → _rnanngit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓇᖅ  naq (1vv)


Meaning
causation: 'to cause'; 'to make ...'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓇᖅ naq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+naq → _Vnaq
ᓇᖅ naq It inserts n in front of the suffix._V+naq → _Vnnaq
ᓇᒃ nak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nak → _Vnak
ᓇᒃ nak It inserts n in front of the suffix._V+nak → _Vnnak
After t
ᓇᖅ naq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+naq → _nnaq
ᓇᒃ nak It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+nak → _nnak
After k
ᓇᖅ naq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+naq → _ngnaq
ᓇᒃ nak It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+nak → _ngnak
After q
ᓇᖅ naq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+naq → _rnaq
ᓇᒃ nak It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+nak → _rnak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓇᖅ  naq (2vn)


Meaning
1) exclamation: how...it is! 2) that which causes...

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓇᖅ naq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+naq → _Vnaq
ᓇᖅ naq It inserts n in front of the suffix._V+naq → _Vnnaq
ᓇᒃ nak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nak → _Vnak
ᓇᒃ nak It inserts n in front of the suffix._V+nak → _Vnnak
After t
ᓇᖅ naq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+naq → _nnaq
ᓇᒃ nak It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+nak → _nnak
After k
ᓇᖅ naq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+naq → _ngnaq
ᓇᒃ nak It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+nak → _ngnak
After q
ᓇᖅ naq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+naq → _rnaq
ᓇᒃ nak It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+nak → _rnak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓇᓵᖅ  nasaaq (1vv)


Meaning
late

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓇᓵᖅ nasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nasaaq → _Vnasaaq
After t
ᓇᓵᖅ nasaaq It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t._t+nasaaq → _lnasaaq
After k
ᓇᓵᖅ nasaaq It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+nasaaq → _gnasaaq
After q
ᓇᓵᖅ nasaaq It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+nasaaq → _rnasaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓇᓱᒋ  nasugi (1vv)


Meaning
to think, to be of the the opinion that s.o. (refl.: oneself) ...

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓇᓱᒋ nasugi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nasugi → _Vnasugi
After t
ᓇᓱᒋ nasugi It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix._t+nasugi → _nnasugi
After k
ᓇᓱᒋ nasugi It assimilates the k of the stem to the n of the suffix._k+nasugi → _nnasugi
ᒐᓱᒋ gasugi It fusions the k of the stem with the n of the suffix into g._k+gasugi → _gasugi
After q
ᕋᓱᒋ rasugi It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r._q+rasugi → _rasugi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓇᓱᒃ  nasuk (1vv)


Meaning
endeavouring, striving: 'to be trying'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓇᓱᒃ nasuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nasuk → _Vnasuk
ᒐᓱᒃ gasuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gasuk → _Vgasuk
ᒐᓱᐊᖅ gasuaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gasuaq → _Vgasuaq
After t
ᓇᓱᒃ nasuk It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix._t+nasuk → _nnasuk
ᓇᓱᐊᖅ nasuaq It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix._t+nasuaq → _nnasuaq
After k
ᒐᓱᒃ gasuk It fusions the k of the stem with the n of the suffix into g._k+gasuk → _gasuk
ᒐᓱᐊᖅ gasuaq It fusions the k of the stem with the n of the suffix into g._k+gasuaq → _gasuaq
After q
ᕋᓱᒃ rasuk It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r._q+rasuk → _rasuk
ᕋᓱᐊᖅ rasuaq It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r._q+rasuaq → _rasuaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  nga (1vv)


Meaning
to be in a state of

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
nga It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nga → _Vnga
After t
nga It deletes the t of the stem._t+nga → _nga
After k
nga It deletes the k of the stem._k+nga → _nga
After q
nga It deletes the q of the stem._q+nga → _nga

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᖔᖅ  ngaaq (1nv)


Meaning
to come from

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
ᖔᖅ ngaaq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+ngaaq → _nngaaq
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_abl

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖔᖅ  ngaaq (2vv)


Meaning
to do one action as opposed to an alternative: 'instead'; to do s.t. very much, abundantly

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖔᖅ ngaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ngaaq → _Vngaaq
After t
ᖔᖅ ngaaq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+ngaaq → _nngaaq
After k
ᖔᖅ ngaaq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+ngaaq → _ngngaaq
After q
ᖔᖅ ngaaq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+ngaaq → _rngaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖔᖅ  ngaaq (3nn)


Meaning
rather, instead

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖔᖅ ngaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ngaaq → _Vngaaq
After t
ᖔᖅ ngaaq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+ngaaq → _nngaaq
After k
ᖔᖅ ngaaq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+ngaaq → _ngngaaq
After q
ᖔᖅ ngaaq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+ngaaq → _rngaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖓᐅ  ngau (1nv)


Meaning
motion towards; 'towards', 'to'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
ᖓᐅ ngau It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+ngau → _nngau
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_dat

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  ngu (1nv)


Meaning
with body parts: illness, soreness: 'to have sore ...'; to be tired in this part; with name of foods: to have a slight envy to vomit that

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ngu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ngu → _Vngu
After t
ngu It deletes the t of the stem._t+ngu → _ngu
After k
ngu It deletes the k of the stem._k+ngu → _ngu
After q
ngu It deletes the q of the stem._q+ngu → _ngu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖑᖅ  nguq (1nv)


Meaning
change of state: 'to become' (trans.: to make s.o. become); with numbers: to tell the time

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖑᖅ nguq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nguq → _Vnguq
ᙳᖅ nnguq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nnguq → _Vnnguq
After t
ᖑᖅ nguq It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+nguq → _tinguq
ᙳᖅ nnguq It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+nnguq → _tinnguq
After k
ᖑᖅ nguq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+nguq → _ngnguq
ᙳᖅ nnguq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+nnguq → _ngnnguq
After q
ᕈᖅ ruq It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r._q+ruq → _ruq
ᖑᖅ nguq It deletes the q of the stem._q+nguq → _nguq
ᙳᖅ nnguq It deletes the q of the stem._q+nnguq → _nnguq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ  nialauq (1vv)


Meaning
'was/were going to'; 'would have ...'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: niaq2vv + lauq1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ nialauq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nialauq → _Vnialauq
After t
ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ nialauq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+nialauq → _nnialauq
After k
ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ nialauq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+nialauq → _ngnialauq
After q
ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ nialauq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+nialauq → _rnialauq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓂᐊᖅ  niaq (1nv)


Meaning
to study; to take a great interest in; with animals: to hunt

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niaq → _Vniaq
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq It inserts n in front of the suffix._V+niaq → _Vnniaq
After t
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niaq → _nniaq
After k
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niaq → _ngniaq
After q
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niaq → _rniaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓂᐊᖅ  niaq (2vv)


Meaning
future, today

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niaq → _Vniaq
After t
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niaq → _nniaq
After k
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niaq → _ngniaq
After q
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niaq → _rniaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
(qai)    (ᖃᐃ)    qainiaqtuq    ᖃᐃᓂᐊᖅᑐᖅ    He will come
(tikit)    (ᑎᑭᑦ)    tikinniaqtunga    ᑎᑭᓐᓂᐊᖅᑐᖓ    I will arrive
(kaak)    (ᑳᒃ)    kaangniaqtut    ᑳᖕᓂᐊᖅᑐᑦ    They will be hungry
(ilinniaq)    (ᐃᓕᓐᓂᐊᖅ)    ilinniarniaqpugut    ᐃᓕᓐᓂᐊᕐᓂᐊᖅᐳᒍᑦ    We will learn

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ  niaqqau (1vv)


Meaning
'was/were just going to'; 'would have just now...'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: niaq2vv + qqau1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ niaqqau It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niaqqau → _Vniaqqau
After t
ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ niaqqau It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niaqqau → _nniaqqau
After k
ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ niaqqau It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niaqqau → _ngniaqqau
After q
ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ niaqqau It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niaqqau → _rniaqqau

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ  niaqtaksari (1vv)


Meaning
future likelihood or probability: 'will more than likely... ; will probably ...'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: niaq2vv + jaq1vn + ksaq1nn + gi1nv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ niaqtaksari It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niaqtaksari → _Vniaqtaksari
After t
ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ niaqtaksari It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niaqtaksari → _nniaqtaksari
After k
ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ niaqtaksari It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niaqtaksari → _ngniaqtaksari
After q
ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ niaqtaksari It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niaqtaksari → _rniaqtaksari

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓂᖅ  niq (1vv)


Meaning
unperceived past with pure verbal forms

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᖅ niq It inserts n in front of the suffix._V+niq → _Vnniq
After t
ᓂᖅ niq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niq → _nniq
After k
ᓂᖅ niq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niq → _ngniq
After q
ᓂᖅ niq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niq → _rniq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓂᖅ  niq (2vn)


Meaning
noun abstraction of the verb's action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᖅ niq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niq → _Vniq
After t
ᓂᖅ niq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niq → _nniq
ᓂᖅ niq It deletes the t of the stem._t+niq → _niq
After k
ᓂᖅ niq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niq → _ngniq
After q
ᓂᖅ niq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niq → _rniq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓂᖅᐸᖅ  niqpaq (1vn)


Meaning
superlative

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᖅᐸᖅ niqpaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niqpaq → _Vniqpaq
ᓂᖅᐹᖅ niqpaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niqpaaq → _Vniqpaaq
After t
ᓂᖅᐸᖅ niqpaq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niqpaq → _nniqpaq
ᓂᖅᐹᖅ niqpaaq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niqpaaq → _nniqpaaq
After k
ᓂᖅᐸᖅ niqpaq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niqpaq → _ngniqpaq
ᓂᖅᐹᖅ niqpaaq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niqpaaq → _ngniqpaaq
After q
ᓂᖅᐸᖅ niqpaq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niqpaq → _rniqpaq
ᓂᖅᐹᖅ niqpaaq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niqpaaq → _rniqpaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓂᖅᓴᖅ  niqsaq (1vn)


Meaning
comparaison

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᖅᓴᖅ niqsaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niqsaq → _Vniqsaq
After t
ᓂᖅᓴᖅ niqsaq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niqsaq → _nniqsaq
After k
ᓂᖅᓴᖅ niqsaq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niqsaq → _ngniqsaq
After q
ᓂᖅᓴᖅ niqsaq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niqsaq → _rniqsaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓂᕋᖅ  niraq (1vv)


Meaning
reporting action; 'to say that s.o. (refl.: oneself) ...'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᕋᖅ niraq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niraq → _Vniraq
After t
ᓂᕋᖅ niraq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niraq → _nniraq
After k
ᓂᕋᖅ niraq It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niraq → _ngniraq
After q
ᓂᕋᖅ niraq It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niraq → _rniraq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓂᑕᖅ  nitaq (1nn)


Meaning
from a certain time

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᑕᖅ nitaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nitaq → _Vnitaq
After t
ᓂᑕᖅ nitaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+nitaq → _nitaq
ᓂᑕᖅ nitaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+nitaq → _tnitaq
After k
ᓂᑕᖅ nitaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+nitaq → _nitaq
ᓂᑕᖅ nitaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+nitaq → _knitaq
After q
ᓂᑕᖅ nitaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+nitaq → _nitaq
ᓂᑕᖅ nitaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+nitaq → _qnitaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᓂᐅᔭᖅ  niujaq (1vv)


Meaning
imminent action: 'to be about to...'; uncertain, doubtful action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᐅᔭᖅ niujaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niujaq → _Vniujaq
ᓂᐅᔮᖅ niujaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niujaaq → _Vniujaaq
After t
ᓂᐅᔭᖅ niujaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+niujaq → _niujaq
ᓂᐅᔮᖅ niujaaq It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix._t+niujaaq → _nniujaaq
After k
ᓂᐅᔭᖅ niujaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+niujaq → _niujaq
ᓂᐅᔮᖅ niujaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+niujaaq → _niujaaq
After q
ᓂᐅᔭᖅ niujaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+niujaq → _niujaq
ᓂᐅᔮᖅ niujaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+niujaaq → _niujaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓂᐅᓴᐅ  niusau (1vv)


Meaning
imminent action: 'to be about to...'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᐅᓴᐅ niusau It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niusau → _Vniusau
After t
ᓂᐅᓴᐅ niusau It deletes the t of the stem._t+niusau → _niusau
After k
ᓂᐅᓴᐅ niusau It deletes the k of the stem._k+niusau → _niusau
After q
ᓂᐅᓴᐅ niusau It deletes the q of the stem._q+niusau → _niusau

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓂᐅᑦ  niut (1vn)


Meaning
something to be used in doing ...

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓂᐅᑦ niut It does not affect the final of the stem._V+niut → _Vniut
After t
ᓂᐅᑦ niut It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+niut → _nniut
After k
ᓂᐅᑦ niut It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng._k+niut → _ngniut
After q
ᓂᐅᑦ niut It nasalizes the q of the stem into r._q+niut → _rniut

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓐᓇᔪᒃ  nnajuk (1nn)


Meaning
deprecation or derogation; sarcasm

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nnajuk → _Vnnajuk
After t
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+nnajuk → _nnajuk
After k
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk It deletes the k of the stem._k+nnajuk → _nnajuk
After q
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk It deletes the q of the stem._q+nnajuk → _nnajuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᓐᓇᔪᒃ  nnajuk (2vv)


Meaning
expresses deprecation or derogation, mild surprise that a person would act or have the nerve to act in a particular manner; sarcasm

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nnajuk → _Vnnajuk
After t
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+nnajuk → _nnajuk
After k
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk It deletes the k of the stem._k+nnajuk → _nnajuk
After q
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk It deletes the q of the stem._q+nnajuk → _nnajuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᙵᐃ  nngai (1q)


Meaning
coaxing, inoffensive questioning; greeting

Type
tail suffix

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᙵᐃ nngai It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nngai → _Vnngai
After t
ᙵᐃ nngai It deletes the t of the stem._t+nngai → _nngai
After k
ᙵᐃ nngai It deletes the k of the stem._k+nngai → _nngai
After q
ᙵᐃ nngai It deletes the q of the stem._q+nngai → _nngai

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᙵᖅ  nngaq (1nv)


Meaning
movement from: 'to come from'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
ᙵᖅ nngaq It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+nngaq → _nnngaq
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_abl

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᙱᖅ  nngiq (1nn)


Meaning
promiscuous

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᙱᖅ nngiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nngiq → _Vnngiq
After t
ᙱᖅ nngiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+nngiq → _nngiq
After k
ᙱᖅ nngiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+nngiq → _nngiq
After q
ᙱᖅ nngiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+nngiq → _nngiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᙱᑦ  nngit (1vv)


Meaning
general negation; 'not'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᙱᑦ nngit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nngit → _Vnngit
After t
ᙱᑦ nngit It deletes the t of the stem._t+nngit → _nngit
After k
ᙱᑦ nngit It deletes the k of the stem._k+nngit → _nngit
After q
ᙱᑦ nngit It deletes the q of the stem._q+nngit → _nngit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
(taku)    (ᑕᑯ)    takunngittuq    ᑕᑯᙱᑦᑐᖅ    He does'nt see
(tikit)    (ᑎᑭᑦ)    tikinngittuq    ᑎᑭᙱᑦᑐᖅ    He has not arrived
(sinik)    (ᓯᓂᒃ)    sininngittuq    ᓯᓂᙱᑦᑐᖅ    He is not asleep
(aullaq)    (ᐊᐅᓪᓚᖅ)    aullanngittuq    ᐊᐅᓪᓚᙱᑦᑐᖅ    He has not departed

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᙳᐊᖅ  nnguaq (1nn)


Meaning
resemblance, likeness: 'which looks like'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nnguaq → _Vnnguaq
After t
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+nnguaq → _nnguaq
After k
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+nnguaq → _nnguaq
After q
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+nnguaq → _nnguaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᙳᐊᖅ  nnguaq (2vv)


Meaning
to simulate; to pretend

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nnguaq → _Vnnguaq
After t
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+nnguaq → _nnguaq
After k
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+nnguaq → _nnguaq
After q
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+nnguaq → _nnguaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᙳᒃ  nnguk (1vv)


Meaning
to be tired of, bored with

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᙳᒃ nnguk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nnguk → _Vnnguk
ᙳᖅ nnguq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nnguq → _Vnnguq
After t
ᙳᒃ nnguk It deletes the t of the stem._t+nnguk → _nnguk
ᙳᖅ nnguq It deletes the t of the stem._t+nnguq → _nnguq
After k
ᙳᒃ nnguk It deletes the k of the stem._k+nnguk → _nnguk
ᙳᖅ nnguq It deletes the k of the stem._k+nnguq → _nnguq
After q
ᙳᒃ nnguk It deletes the q of the stem._q+nnguk → _nnguk
ᙳᖅ nnguq It deletes the q of the stem._q+nnguq → _nnguq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᙳᓱᒃ  nngusuk (1vv)


Meaning
to be inclined to, to feel like doing ...

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᙳᓱᒃ nngusuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nngusuk → _Vnngusuk
After t
ᙳᓱᒃ nngusuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+nngusuk → _nngusuk
After k
ᙳᓱᒃ nngusuk It deletes the k of the stem._k+nngusuk → _nngusuk
After q
ᙳᓱᒃ nngusuk It deletes the q of the stem._q+nngusuk → _nngusuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓐᓂᒃ  nnik (1vv)


Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓐᓂᒃ nnik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+nnik → _Vnnik
After t
ᓐᓂᒃ nnik It deletes the t of the stem._t+nnik → _nnik
After k
ᓐᓂᒃ nnik It deletes the k of the stem._k+nnik → _nnik
After q
ᓐᓂᒃ nnik It deletes the q of the stem._q+nnik → _nnik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_nnik/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᐹᓗᒃ  paaluk (1vn)


Meaning
exaggeration, aggrandizement of the action: 'very much', 'a lot'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
ᐹᓗᒃ paaluk It does not affect the final of the stem._q+paaluk → _qpaaluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==juq/1vn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐹᖅ  paaq (1nn)


Meaning
1) the most of all; superlative 2) big, very, powerful, considerable

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐹᖅ paaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+paaq → _Vpaaq
After t
ᐹᖅ paaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+paaq → _tpaaq
After k
ᐹᖅ paaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+paaq → _kpaaq
After q
ᐹᖅ paaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+paaq → _qpaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᐹᖅ  paaq (1vv)


Meaning
exclamation: 'Oh, how ...!'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix occurs only in word-final position, i.e. it cannot be followed by another suffix.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐹᖅ paaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+paaq → _Vpaaq
After t
ᐹᖅ paaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+paaq → _tpaaq
After k
ᐹᖅ paaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+paaq → _kpaaq
After q
ᐹᖅ paaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+paaq → _qpaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐸᓗᒃ  paluk (1vn)


Meaning
a little, to a certain degree

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+paluk → _Vpaluk
After t
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk It nasalizes the t of the stem into n._t+paluk → _npaluk
After k
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk It does not affect the final of the stem._k+paluk → _kpaluk
After q
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk It does not affect the final of the stem._q+paluk → _qpaluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐸᓗᒃ  paluk (2vv)


Meaning
a little, to a certain degree

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+paluk → _Vpaluk
After t
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk It does not affect the final of the stem._t+paluk → _tpaluk
After k
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk It does not affect the final of the stem._k+paluk → _kpaluk
After q
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk It does not affect the final of the stem._q+paluk → _qpaluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐸᓵᖅ  pasaaq (1vv)


Meaning
unexpected surprise: 'unexpectedly', 'surprisingly'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐸᓵᖅ pasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+pasaaq → _Vpasaaq
After t
ᐸᓵᖅ pasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+pasaaq → _tpasaaq
After k
ᐸᓵᖅ pasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+pasaaq → _kpasaaq
After q
ᐸᓵᖅ pasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+pasaaq → _qpasaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ  patsiuk (1nn)


Meaning
strong derogation

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ patsiuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+patsiuk → _Vpatsiuk
After t
ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ patsiuk It does not affect the final of the stem._t+patsiuk → _tpatsiuk
After k
ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ patsiuk It does not affect the final of the stem._k+patsiuk → _kpatsiuk
After q
ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ patsiuk It does not affect the final of the stem._q+patsiuk → _qpatsiuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐱᓪᓚᖅ  pillaq (1vv)


Meaning
briefly; a little time

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐱᓪᓚᖅ pillaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+pillaq → _Vpillaq
ᐱᓪᓚᒃ pillak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+pillak → _Vpillak
After t
ᐱᓪᓚᖅ pillaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+pillaq → _pillaq
ᐱᓪᓚᒃ pillak It deletes the t of the stem._t+pillak → _pillak
After k
ᐱᓪᓚᖅ pillaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+pillaq → _pillaq
ᐱᓪᓚᒃ pillak It deletes the k of the stem._k+pillak → _pillak
After q
ᐱᓪᓚᖅ pillaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+pillaq → _pillaq
ᐱᓪᓚᒃ pillak It deletes the q of the stem._q+pillak → _pillak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᖃᐃ  qai (1q)


Meaning
perhaps, maybe

Type
tail suffix

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᐃ qai It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qai → _Vqai
After t
ᖃᐃ qai It deletes the t of the stem._t+qai → _qai
After k
ᖃᐃ qai It deletes the k of the stem._k+qai → _qai
After q
ᖃᐃ qai It deletes the q of the stem._q+qai → _qai

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᔮ  qajaa (1nn)


Meaning
negation; lack of: 'no ...'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix occurs only in word-final position, i.e. it cannot be followed by another suffix.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᔮ qajaa It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qajaa → _Vqajaa
After t
ᖃᔮ qajaa It deletes the t of the stem._t+qajaa → _qajaa
After k
ᖃᔮ qajaa It deletes the k of the stem._k+qajaa → _qajaa
After q
ᖃᔮ qajaa It deletes the q of the stem._q+qajaa → _qajaa

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᔮᙱᑦ  qajaanngit (1nv)


Meaning
to have no ...

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᔮᙱᑦ qajaanngit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qajaanngit → _Vqajaanngit
ᖃᔮᖏᑦ qajaangit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qajaangit → _Vqajaangit
After t
ᖃᔮᙱᑦ qajaanngit It deletes the t of the stem._t+qajaanngit → _qajaanngit
ᖃᔮᖏᑦ qajaangit It deletes the t of the stem._t+qajaangit → _qajaangit
After k
ᖃᔮᙱᑦ qajaanngit It deletes the k of the stem._k+qajaanngit → _qajaanngit
ᖃᔮᖏᑦ qajaangit It deletes the k of the stem._k+qajaangit → _qajaangit
After q
ᖃᔮᙱᑦ qajaanngit It deletes the q of the stem._q+qajaanngit → _qajaanngit
ᖃᔮᖏᑦ qajaangit It deletes the q of the stem._q+qajaangit → _qajaangit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᓚᐅᖅ  qalauq (1vv)


Meaning
brief action: 'for a few minutes', 'for a little while'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᓚᐅᖅ qalauq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qalauq → _Vqalauq
After t
ᖃᓚᐅᖅ qalauq It deletes the t of the stem._t+qalauq → _qalauq
After k
ᖃᓚᐅᖅ qalauq It deletes the k of the stem._k+qalauq → _qalauq
After q
ᖃᓚᐅᖅ qalauq It deletes the q of the stem._q+qalauq → _qalauq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_imp

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᓪᓚᖅ  qallaq (1nn)


Meaning
squatness: 'short, fat'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᓪᓚᖅ qallaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qallaq → _Vqallaq
After t
ᖃᓪᓚᖅ qallaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+qallaq → _qallaq
After k
ᖃᓪᓚᖅ qallaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+qallaq → _qallaq
After q
ᖃᓪᓚᖅ qallaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+qallaq → _qallaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᒥᙱᑦ  qaminngit (1vv)


Meaning
has not just done the action, but did it some time ago

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᒥᙱᑦ qaminngit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qaminngit → _Vqaminngit
After t
ᖃᒥᙱᑦ qaminngit It deletes the t of the stem._t+qaminngit → _qaminngit
After k
ᖃᒥᙱᑦ qaminngit It deletes the k of the stem._k+qaminngit → _qaminngit
After q
ᖃᒥᙱᑦ qaminngit It deletes the q of the stem._q+qaminngit → _qaminngit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᖃᒻᒪᖅ  qammaq (1nn)


Meaning
poor, bad, worthless

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qammaq → _Vqammaq
After t
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+qammaq → _qammaq
After k
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+qammaq → _qammaq
After q
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+qammaq → _qammaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᒻᒪᖅ  qammaq (2vv)


Meaning
poorly, in a bad way

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qammaq → _Vqammaq
After t
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+qammaq → _qammaq
After k
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+qammaq → _qammaq
After q
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+qammaq → _qammaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᖅ  qaq (1nv)


Meaning
to have, to possess

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᖅ qaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qaq → _Vqaq
After t
ᖃᖅ qaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+qaq → _qaq
After k
ᖃᖅ qaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+qaq → _qaq
After q
ᖃᖅ qaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+qaq → _qaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᕐᕕᒃ  qarvik (1nn)


Meaning
a place for, a place to keep

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: qaq1nv + vik3vn

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᕐᕕᒃ qarvik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qarvik → _Vqarvik
After t
ᖃᕐᕕᒃ qarvik It deletes the t of the stem._t+qarvik → _qarvik
After k
ᖃᕐᕕᒃ qarvik It deletes the k of the stem._k+qarvik → _qarvik
After q
ᖃᕐᕕᒃ qarvik It deletes the q of the stem._q+qarvik → _qarvik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᑕᐅ  qatau (1vv)


Meaning
to be accompanying in action: 'to go along'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᑕᐅ qatau It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qatau → _Vqatau
After t
ᖃᑕᐅ qatau It deletes the t of the stem._t+qatau → _qatau
After k
ᖃᑕᐅ qatau It deletes the k of the stem._k+qatau → _qatau
After q
ᖃᑕᐅ qatau It deletes the q of the stem._q+qatau → _qatau

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᑕᐅᑎ  qatauti (1vv)


Meaning
mutual action: 'each other'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᑕᐅᑎ qatauti It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qatauti → _Vqatauti
After t
ᖃᑕᐅᑎ qatauti It deletes the t of the stem._t+qatauti → _qatauti
After k
ᖃᑕᐅᑎ qatauti It deletes the k of the stem._k+qatauti → _qatauti
After q
ᖃᑕᐅᑎ qatauti It deletes the q of the stem._q+qatauti → _qatauti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᑎ  qati (1nn)


Meaning
s.o. who has the same, who is the same

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᑎ qati It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qati → _Vqati
ᖅᑲᑎ rqati It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rqati → _Vrqati
After t
ᖃᑎ qati It deletes the t of the stem._t+qati → _qati
ᖅᑲᑎ rqati It deletes the t of the stem._t+rqati → _rqati
After k
ᖃᑎ qati It deletes the k of the stem._k+qati → _qati
ᖅᑲᑎ rqati It deletes the k of the stem._k+rqati → _rqati
After q
ᖃᑎ qati It deletes the q of the stem._q+qati → _qati
ᖅᑲᑎ rqati It deletes the q of the stem._q+rqati → _rqati

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᑎ  qati (1vn)


Meaning
partner for

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᑎ qati It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qati → _Vqati
ᖃᑎᒃ qatik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qatik → _Vqatik
After t
ᖃᑎ qati It deletes the t of the stem._t+qati → _qati
ᖃᑎᒃ qatik It deletes the t of the stem._t+qatik → _qatik
After k
ᖃᑎ qati It deletes the k of the stem._k+qati → _qati
ᖃᑎᒃ qatik It deletes the k of the stem._k+qatik → _qatik
After q
ᖃᑎ qati It deletes the q of the stem._q+qati → _qati
ᖃᑎᒃ qatik It deletes the q of the stem._q+qatik → _qatik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᑦᑕᖅ  qattaq (1vv)


Meaning
regular or habitual action; 'often'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᑦᑕᖅ qattaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qattaq → _Vqattaq
After t
ᖃᑦᑕᖅ qattaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+qattaq → _qattaq
After k
ᖃᑦᑕᖅ qattaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+qattaq → _qattaq
After q
ᖃᑦᑕᖅ qattaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+qattaq → _qattaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᐅᖅ  qauq (1nv)


Meaning
to possess many ...

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: qaq1nv + uq3vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᐅᖅ qauq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qauq → _Vqauq
After t
ᖃᐅᖅ qauq It deletes the t of the stem._t+qauq → _qauq
After k
ᖃᐅᖅ qauq It deletes the k of the stem._k+qauq → _qauq
After q
ᖃᐅᖅ qauq It deletes the q of the stem._q+qauq → _qauq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖃᐅᑎ  qauti (1nn)


Meaning
container for ...

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: qaq1nv + ut1vn

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖃᐅᑎ qauti It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qauti → _Vqauti
After t
ᖃᐅᑎ qauti It deletes the t of the stem._t+qauti → _qauti
After k
ᖃᐅᑎ qauti It deletes the k of the stem._k+qauti → _qauti
After q
ᖃᐅᑎ qauti It deletes the q of the stem._q+qauti → _qauti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  qi (1vv)


Meaning
to do s.t. by oneself

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
qi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qi → _Vqi
After t
qi It deletes the t of the stem._t+qi → _qi
After k
qi It deletes the k of the stem._k+qi → _qi
After q
qi It deletes the q of the stem._q+qi → _qi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᖅᑳᖅ  qqaaq (1vv)


Meaning
first (before doing anything else); first (to do s.t.); before (with negative participle endings) or after (with positive participle endings)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖅᑳᖅ qqaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qqaaq → _Vqqaaq
After t
ᖅᑳᖅ qqaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+qqaaq → _qqaaq
After k
ᖅᑳᖅ qqaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+qqaaq → _qqaaq
After q
ᖅᑳᖅ qqaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+qqaaq → _qqaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖅᑲᐅ  qqau (1vv)


Meaning
recent perceived past

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖅᑲᐅ qqau It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qqau → _Vqqau
After t
ᖅᑲᐅ qqau It deletes the t of the stem._t+qqau → _qqau
After k
ᖅᑲᐅ qqau It deletes the k of the stem._k+qqau → _qqau
After q
ᖅᑲᐅ qqau It deletes the q of the stem._q+qqau → _qqau

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ  qqautau (1vv)


Meaning
to be the first one(s) to do s.t.

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ qqautau It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qqautau → _Vqqautau
After t
ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ qqautau It deletes the t of the stem._t+qqautau → _qqautau
After k
ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ qqautau It deletes the k of the stem._k+qqautau → _qqautau
After q
ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ qqautau It deletes the q of the stem._q+qqautau → _qqautau

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᖅᑯᖅᑐ  qquqtu (1nv)


Meaning
to have large (specified) body parts

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖅᑯᖅᑐ qquqtu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qquqtu → _Vqquqtu
ᖁᖅᑐ quqtu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+quqtu → _Vquqtu
After t
ᖅᑯᖅᑐ qquqtu It deletes the t of the stem._t+qquqtu → _qquqtu
ᖁᖅᑐ quqtu It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+quqtu → _tiquqtu
After k
ᖅᑯᖅᑐ qquqtu It deletes the k of the stem._k+qquqtu → _qquqtu
ᖁᖅᑐ quqtu It deletes the k of the stem._k+quqtu → _quqtu
After q
ᖅᑯᖅᑐ qquqtu It deletes the q of the stem._q+qquqtu → _qquqtu
ᖁᖅᑐ quqtu It deletes the q of the stem._q+quqtu → _quqtu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᖅᑰᖅ  qquuq (1vv)


Meaning
probably

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖅᑰᖅ qquuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qquuq → _Vqquuq
After t
ᖅᑰᖅ qquuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+qquuq → _qquuq
After k
ᖅᑰᖅ qquuq It deletes the k of the stem._k+qquuq → _qquuq
After q
ᖅᑰᖅ qquuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+qquuq → _qquuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  qu (1vv)


Meaning
'so that' when used with participal verb endings

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
qu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qu → _Vqu
After t
qu It deletes the t of the stem._t+qu → _qu
After k
qu It deletes the k of the stem._k+qu → _qu
After q
qu It deletes the q of the stem._q+qu → _qu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_part

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  qu (2vv)


Meaning
to desire, to wish something to be done

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
qu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+qu → _Vqu
After t
qu It deletes the t of the stem._t+qu → _qu
After k
qu It deletes the k of the stem._k+qu → _qu
After q
qu It deletes the q of the stem._q+qu → _qu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᖁᑎ  quti (1nn)


Meaning
own; s.t. that belongs to s.o.

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖁᑎ quti It does not affect the final of the stem._V+quti → _Vquti
After t
ᖁᑎ quti It deletes the t of the stem._t+quti → _quti
After k
ᖁᑎ quti It deletes the k of the stem._k+quti → _quti
After q
ᖁᑎ quti It deletes the q of the stem._q+quti → _quti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᖂᔨ  quuji (1vv)


Meaning
ressemblance; 'look like'; 'appear'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᖂᔨ quuji It does not affect the final of the stem._V+quuji → _Vquuji
After t
ᖂᔨ quuji It deletes the t of the stem._t+quuji → _quuji
After k
ᖂᔨ quuji It deletes the k of the stem._k+quuji → _quuji
After q
ᖂᔨ quuji It deletes the q of the stem._q+quuji → _quuji

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕋᔮᖅ  rajaaq (1vv)


Meaning
to be slow, to take a long time to

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕋᔮᖅ rajaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rajaaq → _Vrajaaq
After t
ᕋᔮᖅ rajaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+rajaaq → _rajaaq
After k
ᕋᔮᖅ rajaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+rajaaq → _rajaaq
After q
ᕋᔮᖅ rajaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+rajaaq → _rajaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᕋᓛᖅ  ralaaq (1nn)


Meaning
small

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕋᓛᖅ ralaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ralaaq → _Vralaaq
After t
ᕋᓛᖅ ralaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+ralaaq → _ralaaq
After k
ᕋᓛᖅ ralaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ralaaq → _ralaaq
After q
ᕋᓛᖅ ralaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ralaaq → _ralaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕋᖅ  raq (1vv)


Meaning
prolonged action, or action occurring in distinct stages, one part after another

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕋᖅ raq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+raq → _Vraq
After t
ᕋᖅ raq It deletes the t of the stem._t+raq → _raq
After k
ᕋᖅ raq It deletes the k of the stem._k+raq → _raq
After q
ᕋᖅ raq It deletes the q of the stem._q+raq → _raq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕋᑖᖅ  rataaq (1vv)


Meaning
immediate perceived past

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕋᑖᖅ rataaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rataaq → _Vrataaq
After t
ᕋᑖᖅ rataaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+rataaq → _rataaq
After k
ᕋᑖᖅ rataaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+rataaq → _rataaq
After q
ᕋᑖᖅ rataaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+rataaq → _rataaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  ri (1vv)


Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
ri It fusions the q of the stem with the r of the suffix into r._q+ri → _ri

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_ri/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕐᖓᖅ  rngaq (1vv)


Meaning
for the first time

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕐᖓᖅ rngaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rngaq → _Vrngaq
After t
ᕐᖓᖅ rngaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+rngaq → _rngaq
After k
ᕐᖓᖅ rngaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+rngaq → _rngaq
After q
ᕐᖓᖅ rngaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+rngaq → _rngaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᕈᔪᒃ  rujuk (1vv)


Meaning
to a small degree, slight amount

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕈᔪᒃ rujuk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rujuk → _Vrujuk
After t
ᕈᔪᒃ rujuk It deletes the t of the stem._t+rujuk → _rujuk
After k
ᕈᔪᒃ rujuk It deletes the k of the stem._k+rujuk → _rujuk
After q
ᕈᔪᒃ rujuk It deletes the q of the stem._q+rujuk → _rujuk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕈᔪᖅ  rujuq (1nn)


Meaning
collectiveness; characteristic

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rujuq → _Vrujuq
After t
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+rujuq → _rujuq
After k
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq It deletes the k of the stem._k+rujuq → _rujuq
After q
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+rujuq → _rujuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
number==number_p

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕈᔪᖅ  rujuq (2nn)


Meaning
used on place names to indicate the place and the surrounding area, or following numerals to indicate approximate time

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rujuq → _Vrujuq
After t
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+rujuq → _rujuq
After k
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq It deletes the k of the stem._k+rujuq → _rujuq
After q
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+rujuq → _rujuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕈᓗ  rulu (1nn)


Meaning
severe derogation (when this suffix is in final position, the word may be interpreted as a verb in the 3rp person); disparagement, disgust

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕈᓗ rulu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rulu → _Vrulu
ᕈᓗᒃ ruluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ruluk → _Vruluk
After t
ᕈᓗ rulu It deletes the t of the stem._t+rulu → _rulu
ᕈᓗᒃ ruluk It deletes the t of the stem._t+ruluk → _ruluk
After k
ᕈᓗ rulu It deletes the k of the stem._k+rulu → _rulu
ᕈᓗᒃ ruluk It deletes the k of the stem._k+ruluk → _ruluk
After q
ᕈᓗ rulu It deletes the q of the stem._q+rulu → _rulu
ᕈᓗᒃ ruluk It deletes the q of the stem._q+ruluk → _ruluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕈᓗ  rulu (2vv)


Meaning
severe derogation; disparagement, disgust

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕈᓗ rulu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rulu → _Vrulu
After t
ᕈᓗ rulu It deletes the t of the stem._t+rulu → _rulu
After k
ᕈᓗ rulu It deletes the k of the stem._k+rulu → _rulu
After q
ᕈᓗ rulu It deletes the q of the stem._q+rulu → _rulu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕈᓯᖅ  rusiq (1vn)


Meaning
a unit of, a section or part of

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rusiq → _Vrusiq
After t
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+rusiq → _rusiq
After k
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+rusiq → _rusiq
After q
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+rusiq → _rusiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕈᓯᖅ  rusiq (2nn)


Meaning
a unit of, a section or part of

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+rusiq → _Vrusiq
After t
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+rusiq → _rusiq
After k
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+rusiq → _rusiq
After q
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+rusiq → _rusiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓵᓕ  saali (1vv)


Meaning
early

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓵᓕ saali It does not affect the final of the stem._V+saali → _Vsaali
After t
ᓵᓕ saali It does not affect the final of the stem._t+saali → _tsaali
After k
ᓵᓕ saali It does not affect the final of the stem._k+saali → _ksaali
After q
ᓵᓕ saali It does not affect the final of the stem._q+saali → _qsaali

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓵᖅ  saaq (1vn)


Meaning
one who has just done the action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓵᖅ saaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+saaq → _Vsaaq
After t
ᓵᖅ saaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+saaq → _saaq
After k
ᓵᖅ saaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+saaq → _saaq
After q
ᓵᖅ saaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+saaq → _saaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᓵᖅ  saaq (1vv)


Meaning
just; after some time; quickly, hastily; with imperative: 'just', 'merely'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓵᖅ saaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+saaq → _Vsaaq
After t
ᓵᖅ saaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+saaq → _saaq
After k
ᓵᖅ saaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+saaq → _saaq
After q
ᓵᖅ saaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+saaq → _saaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓴᖅ  saq (1vv)


Meaning
working at something to achieve a desired state, usually through prolonged action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓴᖅ saq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+saq → _Vsaq
After t
ᓴᖅ saq It deletes the t of the stem._t+saq → _saq
After k
ᓴᖅ saq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+saq → _ksaq
After q
ᓴᖅ saq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+saq → _qsaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓴᕋᐃᑦ  sarait (1vv)


Meaning
easiness or speed of action: 'quickly'; 'easily'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓴᕋᐃᑦ sarait It does not affect the final of the stem._V+sarait → _Vsarait
After t
ᓴᕋᐃᑦ sarait It deletes the t of the stem._t+sarait → _sarait
After k
ᓴᕋᐃᑦ sarait It does not affect the final of the stem._k+sarait → _ksarait
After q
ᓴᕋᐃᑦ sarait It does not affect the final of the stem._q+sarait → _qsarait

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓴᕆᑐ  saritu (1vv)


Meaning
to be slow

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓴᕆᑐ saritu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+saritu → _Vsaritu
After t
ᓴᕆᑐ saritu It deletes the t of the stem._t+saritu → _saritu
After k
ᓴᕆᑐ saritu It does not affect the final of the stem._k+saritu → _ksaritu
After q
ᓴᕆᑐ saritu It does not affect the final of the stem._q+saritu → _qsaritu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  si (1vv)


Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
si It does not affect the final of the stem._V+si → _Vsi
After t
si It does not affect the final of the stem._t+si → _tsi
After k
si It does not affect the final of the stem._k+si → _ksi
After q
si It does not affect the final of the stem._q+si → _qsi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_si/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  si (2vv)


Meaning
the action is being done now, where it was not the case before; readiness, commencement of action or motion

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
si It does not affect the final of the stem._V+si → _Vsi
After t
si It deletes the t of the stem._t+si → _si
After k
si It deletes the k of the stem._k+si → _si
After q
si It deletes the q of the stem._q+si → _si
si It does not affect the final of the stem._q+si → _qsi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  si (3vv)


Meaning
added to gi-verbs to make them intransitive

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
si It does not affect the final of the stem._V+si → _Vsi
After t
si It does not affect the final of the stem._t+si → _tsi
After k
si It does not affect the final of the stem._k+si → _ksi
After q
si It does not affect the final of the stem._q+si → _qsi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET intransinfix==intransinfix_si/3vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  si (4nv)


Meaning
to sight an animal; to discover s.t. (trans.: that belongs to s.o. else); to receive (after searching)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
si It does not affect the final of the stem._V+si → _Vsi
After t
si It does not affect the final of the stem._t+si → _tsi
After k
si It does not affect the final of the stem._k+si → _ksi
After q
si It does not affect the final of the stem._q+si → _qsi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓯᐊᖅ  siaq (1nn)


Meaning
something found

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+siaq → _Vsiaq
After t
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+siaq → _tsiaq
After k
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+siaq → _ksiaq
After q
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+siaq → _qsiaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓯᐊᖅ  siaq (1nv)


Meaning
to come across; to find

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: si4nv + a1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+siaq → _Vsiaq
After t
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+siaq → _tsiaq
After k
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+siaq → _ksiaq
After q
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+siaq → _qsiaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓯᐊᖅ  siaq (1vn)


Meaning
an action that is waited for completion

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+siaq → _Vsiaq
After t
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+siaq → _tsiaq
After k
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+siaq → _ksiaq
After q
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+siaq → _qsiaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓯᒪ  sima (1vv)


Meaning
to be in a state acquired through a completed action (the word can be active, or passive)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓯᒪ sima It does not affect the final of the stem._V+sima → _Vsima
After t
ᓯᒪ sima It deletes the t of the stem._t+sima → _sima
ᓯᒪ sima It does not affect the final of the stem._t+sima → _tsima
After k
ᓯᒪ sima It does not affect the final of the stem._k+sima → _ksima
After q
ᓯᒪ sima It does not affect the final of the stem._q+sima → _qsima

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓯᖅ  siq (1vv)


Meaning
to put or bring out, to be put or brought up for some natural process; to be waiting for an action to be performed or completed

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓯᖅ siq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+siq → _Vsiq
After t
ᓯᖅ siq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+siq → _tsiq
After k
ᓯᖅ siq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+siq → _ksiq
After q
ᓯᖅ siq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+siq → _qsiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓯᖅ  siq (2vn)


Meaning
custom; way; habit; manner of doing s.t.

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓯᖅ siq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+siq → _Vsiq
After t
ᓯᖅ siq It deletes the t of the stem._t+siq → _siq
After k
ᓯᖅ siq It deletes the k of the stem._k+siq → _siq
After q
ᓯᖅ siq It deletes the q of the stem._q+siq → _siq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᓯᕆ  siri (1nv)


Meaning
to have ache or pain at

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓯᕆ siri It does not affect the final of the stem._V+siri → _Vsiri
After t
ᓯᕆ siri It deletes the t of the stem._t+siri → _siri
After k
ᓯᕆ siri The action is unknown.null
After q
ᓯᕆ siri The action is unknown.null

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓯᐅᖅ  siuq (1nv)


Meaning
searching, looking for s.t. (trans.: of, for, about s.o.); travelling through space or time (spend); feasting, celebrating

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓯᐅᖅ siuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+siuq → _Vsiuq
After t
ᓯᐅᖅ siuq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+siuq → _tsiuq
After k
ᓯᐅᖅ siuq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+siuq → _ksiuq
After q
ᓯᐅᖅ siuq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+siuq → _qsiuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓯᐅᑦ  siut (1nn)


Meaning
something for, for use with s.t. or on some occasion

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓯᐅᑦ siut It does not affect the final of the stem._V+siut → _Vsiut
After t
ᓯᐅᑦ siut It does not affect the final of the stem._t+siut → _tsiut
ᓯᐅᑦ siut It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+siut → _tisiut
After k
ᓯᐅᑦ siut It does not affect the final of the stem._k+siut → _ksiut
After q
ᓯᐅᑦ siut It does not affect the final of the stem._q+siut → _qsiut

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓱᒃ  suk (1vv)


Meaning
added to gi-verbs to use them intransitively

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓱᒃ suk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+suk → _Vsuk
After t
ᓱᒃ suk It deletes the t of the stem._t+suk → _suk
After k
ᓱᒃ suk It fusions the k of the stem with the s of the suffix into s._k+suk → _suk
ᓱᒃ suk It deletes the k of the stem._k+suk → _suk
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET intransinfix==intransinfix_suk/1vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓱᖔᖅ  sungaaq (1vv)


Meaning
'if at least'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓱᖔᖅ sungaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+sungaaq → _Vsungaaq
After t
ᓱᖔᖅ sungaaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+sungaaq → _sungaaq
After k
ᓱᖔᖅ sungaaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+sungaaq → _sungaaq
After q
ᓱᖔᖅ sungaaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+sungaaq → _sungaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_cond

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓱᖕᓂᒃ  sungnik (1nv)


Meaning
to smell or taste like something

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+sungnik → _Vsungnik
After t
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik It does not affect the final of the stem._t+sungnik → _tsungnik
After k
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik It does not affect the final of the stem._k+sungnik → _ksungnik
After q
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik It does not affect the final of the stem._q+sungnik → _qsungnik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓱᖕᓂᒃ  sungnik (2nn)


Meaning
something with the odour or the taste of (when the suffix is in final position, the word can be interpreted verbally in the 3rd person)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+sungnik → _Vsungnik
After t
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik It does not affect the final of the stem._t+sungnik → _tsungnik
After k
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik It does not affect the final of the stem._k+sungnik → _ksungnik
After q
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik It does not affect the final of the stem._q+sungnik → _qsungnik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓱᖅ  suq (1vv)


Meaning
prolonged action: 'for a long time'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓱᖅ suq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+suq → _Vsuq
After t
ᓱᖅ suq It deletes the t of the stem._t+suq → _suq
After k
ᓱᖅ suq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+suq → _ksuq
After q
ᓱᖅ suq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+suq → _qsuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᓲᔭᖅ  suujaq (1vv)


Meaning
prolonged action: 'for a long time'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: suuq1vn + u1nv + jaq2vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓲᔭᖅ suujaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+suujaq → _Vsuujaq
After t
ᓲᔭᖅ suujaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+suujaq → _suujaq
After k
ᓲᔭᖅ suujaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+suujaq → _suujaq
After q
ᓲᔭᖅ suujaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+suujaq → _suujaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓲᖅ  suuq (1vn)


Meaning
one who habitually performs an action (when the suffix is in final position, the word can be interpreted verbally in the 3rd person)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓲᖅ suuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+suuq → _Vsuuq
ᔫᖅ juuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+juuq → _Vjuuq
After t
ᓲᖅ suuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+suuq → _suuq
After k
ᓲᖅ suuq It deletes the k of the stem._k+suuq → _suuq
After q
ᓲᖅ suuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+suuq → _suuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᓲᖅ  suuq (2nn)


Meaning
similiraty; one who is similar to

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᓲᖅ suuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+suuq → _Vsuuq
After t
ᓲᖅ suuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+suuq → _suuq
After k
ᓲᖅ suuq It deletes the k of the stem._k+suuq → _suuq
After q
ᓲᖅ suuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+suuq → _suuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  t (1vv)


Meaning
the action is done for, to, because of, instead of s.o. or s.t. (depending on the action)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
t It does not affect the final of the stem._V+t → _Vt
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᑖᖅ  taaq (1nv)


Meaning
acquisition: 'to get'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑖᖅ taaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+taaq → _Vtaaq
After t
ᑖᖅ taaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+taaq → _ttaaq
After k
ᑖᖅ taaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+taaq → _ktaaq
After q
ᑖᖅ taaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+taaq → _qtaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑖᖅ  taaq (2nn)


Meaning
newly-acquired thing

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑖᖅ taaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+taaq → _Vtaaq
After t
ᑖᖅ taaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+taaq → _ttaaq
After k
ᑖᖅ taaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+taaq → _ktaaq
After q
ᑖᖅ taaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+taaq → _qtaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑖᓵᖅ  taasaaq (1nn)


Meaning
newly-acquired thing

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑖᓵᖅ taasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+taasaaq → _Vtaasaaq
After t
ᑖᓵᖅ taasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+taasaaq → _ttaasaaq
After k
ᑖᓵᖅ taasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+taasaaq → _ktaasaaq
After q
ᑖᓵᖅ taasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+taasaaq → _qtaasaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ  tainnaq (1vv)


Meaning
at last; finally

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ tainnaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tainnaq → _Vtainnaq
After t
ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ tainnaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tainnaq → _tainnaq
After k
ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ tainnaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tainnaq → _tainnaq
After q
ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ tainnaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tainnaq → _tainnaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑕᓕᒃ  talik (1nn)


Meaning
possession, when referring to an antecedent

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑕᓕᒃ talik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+talik → _Vtalik
After t
ᑕᓕᒃ talik It deletes the t of the stem._t+talik → _talik
After k
ᑕᓕᒃ talik It deletes the k of the stem._k+talik → _talik
After q
ᑕᓕᒃ talik It deletes the q of the stem._q+talik → _talik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑕᒫᑦ  tamaat (1nn)


Meaning
every

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑕᒫᑦ tamaat It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tamaat → _Vtamaat
After t
ᑕᒫᑦ tamaat It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tamaat → _ttamaat
After k
ᑕᒫᑦ tamaat It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tamaat → _ktamaat
After q
ᑕᒫᑦ tamaat It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tamaat → _qtamaat

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑕᓐᓇᖅ  tannaq (1nn)


Meaning
squatness: 'short, fat'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑕᓐᓇᖅ tannaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tannaq → _Vtannaq
After t
ᑕᓐᓇᖅ tannaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tannaq → _tannaq
After k
ᑕᓐᓇᖅ tannaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tannaq → _tannaq
After q
ᑕᓐᓇᖅ tannaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tannaq → _tannaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ  tappiaq (1vv)


Meaning
possibility of something undesirable: 'might'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ tappiaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tappiaq → _Vtappiaq
After t
ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ tappiaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tappiaq → _ttappiaq
After k
ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ tappiaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tappiaq → _ktappiaq
After q
ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ tappiaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tappiaq → _qtappiaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_caus

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑕᖅ  taq (1vv)


Meaning
repetitive action: 'back and forth'; 'up and down'; 'in and out'; 'off and on'; often

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+taq → _Vtaq
After t
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+taq → _ttaq
After k
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+taq → _ktaq
After q
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+taq → _qtaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑕᖅ  taq (2nv)


Meaning
to gather; to get

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+taq → _Vtaq
After t
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+taq → _ttaq
After k
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+taq → _ktaq
After q
ᑕᖅ taq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+taq → _qtaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑕᖃᖅ  taqaq (1nv)


Meaning
possession, when referring to an antecedent

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑕᖃᖅ taqaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+taqaq → _Vtaqaq
After t
ᑕᖃᖅ taqaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+taqaq → _taqaq
After k
ᑕᖃᖅ taqaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+taqaq → _taqaq
After q
ᑕᖃᖅ taqaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+taqaq → _taqaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑎᒋ  tigi (1vv)


Meaning
to be as ... as

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑎᒋ tigi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tigi → _Vtigi
After t
ᑎᒋ tigi It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tigi → _ttigi
After k
ᑎᒋ tigi It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tigi → _ktigi
After q
ᑎᒋ tigi It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tigi → _qtigi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑎᖅ  tiq (1vn)


Meaning
young precocious person who performs an action well

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑎᖅ tiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tiq → _Vtiq
After t
ᑎᖅ tiq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tiq → _ttiq
After k
ᑎᖅ tiq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tiq → _ktiq
After q
ᑎᖅ tiq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tiq → _qtiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑎᑦ  tit (1vv)


Meaning
to cause s.o. (refl.: oneself) to do s.t.

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑎᑦ tit It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tit → _Vtit
After t
ᑎᑦ tit It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tit → _ttit
ᑎᑦ tit It deletes the t of the stem._t+tit → _tit
After k
ᑎᑦ tit It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tit → _ktit
After q
ᑎᑦ tit It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tit → _qtit

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑦᓴᓕᖅ  tsaliq (1vv)


Meaning
really

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑦᓴᓕᖅ tsaliq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tsaliq → _Vtsaliq
After t
ᑦᓴᓕᖅ tsaliq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tsaliq → _tsaliq
After k
ᑦᓴᓕᖅ tsaliq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tsaliq → _tsaliq
After q
ᑦᓴᓕᖅ tsaliq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tsaliq → _tsaliq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᑦᓯᐊᖅ  tsiaq (1vv)


Meaning
to do something well, in a good manner

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tsiaq → _Vtsiaq
After t
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tsiaq → _tsiaq
After k
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tsiaq → _tsiaq
After q
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tsiaq → _tsiaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑦᓯᐊᖅ  tsiaq (2nn)


Meaning
fine; good; nice

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tsiaq → _Vtsiaq
After t
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tsiaq → _tsiaq
After k
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tsiaq → _tsiaq
After q
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tsiaq → _tsiaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ  tsiavak (1nn)


Meaning
very fine, very good, excellent

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ tsiavak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tsiavak → _Vtsiavak
After t
ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ tsiavak It deletes the t of the stem._t+tsiavak → _tsiavak
After k
ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ tsiavak It deletes the k of the stem._k+tsiavak → _tsiavak
After q
ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ tsiavak It deletes the q of the stem._q+tsiavak → _tsiavak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ  tsiriaq (1vv)


Meaning
to be easily ...

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ tsiriaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tsiriaq → _Vtsiriaq
After t
ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ tsiriaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tsiriaq → _tsiriaq
After k
ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ tsiriaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tsiriaq → _tsiriaq
After q
ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ tsiriaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tsiriaq → _tsiriaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑦᑕᐃᓕ  ttaili (1vv)


Meaning
refusal, refraining from: 'to refuse to'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑦᑕᐃᓕ ttaili It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ttaili → _Vttaili
After t
ᑕᐃᓕ taili It does not affect the final of the stem._t+taili → _ttaili
After k
ᑕᐃᓕ taili It does not affect the final of the stem._k+taili → _ktaili
After q
ᑕᐃᓕ taili It does not affect the final of the stem._q+taili → _qtaili

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑦᑕᐅᖅ  ttauq (1q)


Meaning
and, also

Type
tail suffix

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑦᑕᐅᖅ ttauq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ttauq → _Vttauq
After t
ᑕᐅᖅ tauq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tauq → _ttauq
After k
ᑕᐅᖅ tauq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tauq → _ktauq
After q
ᑕᐅᖅ tauq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tauq → _qtauq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑦᑐᖅ  ttuq (1nv)


Meaning
to start to have a large ...; to start to have a lot of ...

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: tu1nv + #incho#1vv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑦᑐᖅ ttuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ttuq → _Vttuq
After t
ᑦᑐᖅ ttuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+ttuq → _ttuq
After k
ᑦᑐᖅ ttuq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ttuq → _ttuq
After q
ᑦᑐᖅ ttuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ttuq → _ttuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

  tu (1nv)


Meaning
largeness, to have a large ...; to have a lot of ...

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
tu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tu → _Vtu
tuu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuu → _Vtuu
After t
tu It deletes the t of the stem._t+tu → _tu
tuu It deletes the t of the stem._t+tuu → _tuu
After k
tu It deletes the k of the stem._k+tu → _tu
tuu It deletes the k of the stem._k+tuu → _tuu
After q
tu It deletes the q of the stem._q+tu → _tu
tuu It deletes the q of the stem._q+tuu → _tuu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



  tu (1vv)


Meaning
profoundly; very much; very often

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
tu It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tu → _Vtu
After t
tu It deletes the t of the stem._t+tu → _tu
After k
tu It deletes the k of the stem._k+tu → _tu
After q
tu It deletes the q of the stem._q+tu → _tu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᑐᐊᖅ  tuaq (1vv)


Meaning
immediacy of action: 'as soon as...'; exclusiveness of action: 'if only ...'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuaq → _Vtuaq
After t
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tuaq → _tuaq
After k
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tuaq → _tuaq
After q
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tuaq → _tuaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_caus OU mode==mode_cond

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑐᐊᖅ  tuaq (2nn)


Meaning
exclusiveness: 'only one'; 'only'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuaq → _Vtuaq
After t
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tuaq → _tuaq
After k
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tuaq → _tuaq
After q
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tuaq → _tuaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ  tuinnaq (1vv)


Meaning
merely; does nothing more than; simply; solely; only; sometimes 'always'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuinnaq → _Vtuinnaq
After t
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq
After k
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq
After q
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ  tuinnaq (2nn)


Meaning
ordinaryness, lack of special qualities; 'only', 'just', 'merely'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuinnaq → _Vtuinnaq
After t
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq
After k
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq
After q
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ  tuinnariaqaq (1vv)


Meaning
only action remaining to be done: 'to have nothing more to do but...'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: tuinnaq1vv + jariaq1vn + qaq1nv

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ tuinnariaqaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuinnariaqaq → _Vtuinnariaqaq
After t
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ tuinnariaqaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tuinnariaqaq → _tuinnariaqaq
After k
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ tuinnariaqaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tuinnariaqaq → _tuinnariaqaq
After q
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ tuinnariaqaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tuinnariaqaq → _tuinnariaqaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ  tuinnau (1vv)


Meaning
action done by all

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ tuinnau It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuinnau → _Vtuinnau
After t
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ tuinnau It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuinnau → _ttuinnau
After k
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ tuinnau It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tuinnau → _ktuinnau
After q
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ tuinnau It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tuinnau → _qtuinnau

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᑐᑲᖅ  tukaq (1nn)


Meaning
old

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᑲᖅ tukaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tukaq → _Vtukaq
After t
ᑐᑲᖅ tukaq It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+tukaq → _titukaq
After k
ᑐᑲᖅ tukaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tukaq → _tukaq
After q
ᑐᑲᖅ tukaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tukaq → _tukaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑐᖅ  tuq (1nv)


Meaning
to use an object in the manner in which it was intended to be used; food: 'to consume'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuq → _Vtuq
After t
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuq → _ttuq
After k
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tuq → _ktuq
After q
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tuq → _qtuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑐᖅ  tuq (1vv)


Meaning
prolonged action: 'for a long time'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuq → _Vtuq
After t
ᑐᖅ tuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tuq → _tuq
After k
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tuq → _ktuq
After q
ᑐᖅ tuq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tuq → _qtuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑐᖃᖅ  tuqaq (1nn)


Meaning
old, acquired long time ago

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑐᖃᖅ tuqaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuqaq → _Vtuqaq
After t
ᑐᖃᖅ tuqaq It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+tuqaq → _tituqaq
After k
ᑐᖃᖅ tuqaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tuqaq → _ktuqaq
ᑐᖃᖅ tuqaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tuqaq → _tuqaq
After q
ᑐᖃᖅ tuqaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tuqaq → _qtuqaq
ᑐᖃᖅ tuqaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tuqaq → _tuqaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᑑᖅ  tuuq (1nn)


Meaning
attached to animal names to mean 'a place abounding in...'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑑᖅ tuuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuuq → _Vtuuq
After t
ᑑᖅ tuuq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+tuuq → _ttuuq
After k
ᑑᖅ tuuq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+tuuq → _ktuuq
After q
ᑑᖅ tuuq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+tuuq → _qtuuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᑑᖅ  tuuq (2nv)


Meaning
longing: 'I wish I ...'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix occurs only in word-final position, i.e. it cannot be followed by another suffix.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᑑᖅ tuuq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+tuuq → _Vtuuq
After t
ᑑᖅ tuuq It deletes the t of the stem._t+tuuq → _tuuq
After k
ᑑᖅ tuuq It deletes the k of the stem._k+tuuq → _tuuq
After q
ᑑᖅ tuuq It deletes the q of the stem._q+tuuq → _tuuq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



  u (1nv)


Meaning
existence; is

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
u It does not affect the final of the stem._V+u → _Vu
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VV+u → _VVngu
After t
u It deletes the t of the stem._t+u → _u
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVt+u → _VVngu
u It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+u → _tiu
After k
u It deletes the k of the stem._k+u → _u
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVk+u → _VVngu
After q
u It deletes the q of the stem._q+u → _u
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix._VVq+u → _VVngu

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐅᔾᔭᖅ  ujjaq (1vn)


Meaning
s.o. for, to, with whom the action is done; s.t. transported, fetched, brought; s.t. caught, trapped

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐅᔾᔭᖅ ujjaq It inserts jj in front of the suffix._V+ujjaq → _Vjjujjaq
After t
ᐅᔾᔭᖅ ujjaq ._t+ujjaq → _jjujjaq
After k
ᐅᔾᔭᖅ ujjaq It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+ujjaq → _gujjaq
After q
ᐅᔾᔭᖅ ujjaq It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+ujjaq → _rujjaq
ᐅᔾᔭᖅ ujjaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ujjaq → _ujjaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ  ujjuaq (1vv)


Meaning
competition in the action of the verb

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ ujjuaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ujjuaq → _Vujjuaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown.
After t
ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ ujjuaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+ujjuaq → _ujjuaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown.
After k
ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ ujjuaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+ujjuaq → _ujjuaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown.
After q
ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ ujjuaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+ujjuaq → _ujjuaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the following morpheme
number==number_d OU number==number_p

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐅᖅ  uq (1nv)


Meaning
to go through

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
ᐅᖅ uq It deletes the t of the stem._t+uq → _uq
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_via

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.



ᐅᖅ  uq (2nv)


Meaning
to imitate, to do like

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
ᐅᖅ uq It deletes the t of the stem._t+uq → _uq
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_sim

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᐅᖅ  uq (3vv)


Meaning
frequentative: many subjects; many objects

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐅᖅ uq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+uq → _Vuq
After t
ᐅᖅ uq It deletes the t of the stem._t+uq → _uq
After k
ᐅᖅ uq It deletes the k of the stem._k+uq → _uq
After q
ᐅᖅ uq It deletes the q of the stem._q+uq → _uq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᐅᖅᑲᖅ  uqqaq (1vv)


Meaning
to do an action upon something repeatedly: "one after another"

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐅᖅᑲᖅ uqqaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+uqqaq → _Vuqqaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, ._VV+uqqaq → _VVqqaq
After t
ᐅᖅᑲᖅ uqqaq It inserts i in front of the suffix._t+uqqaq → _tiuqqaq
After k
ᐅᖅᑲᖅ uqqaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+uqqaq → _uqqaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, ._VVk+uqqaq → _VVqqaq
After q
ᐅᖅᑲᖅ uqqaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+uqqaq → _uqqaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, ._VVq+uqqaq → _VVqqaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᐅᓯᖅ  usiq (1vn)


Meaning
custom; way; habit; usual way of doing s.t.

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐅᓯᖅ usiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+usiq → _Vusiq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VV+usiq → _VVjjusiq
ᐅᓯᖅ usiq It inserts jj in front of the suffix._V+usiq → _Vjjusiq
After t
ᐅᓯᖅ usiq It deletes the t of the stem._t+usiq → _usiq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVt+usiq → _VVjjusiq
ᐅᓯᖅ usiq ._t+usiq → _jjusiq
After k
ᐅᓯᖅ usiq It deletes the k of the stem._k+usiq → _usiq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVk+usiq → _VVjjusiq
ᐅᓯᖅ usiq ._k+usiq → _jjusiq
After q
ᐅᓯᖅ usiq It deletes the q of the stem._q+usiq → _usiq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVq+usiq → _VVjjusiq
ᐅᓯᖅ usiq It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+usiq → _rusiq
ᖁᓯᖅ qusiq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+qusiq → _qqusiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.

Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐅᑦ  ut (1vn)


Meaning
object, instrument, tool for doing s.t.; time of an action

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐅᑦ ut It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ut → _Vut
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VV+ut → _VVjjut
ᐅᑎ uti It does not affect the final of the stem._V+uti → _Vuti
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VV+uti → _VVjjuti
ᐅᑎᒃ utik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+utik → _Vutik
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VV+utik → _VVjjutik
ᐅᑕᖅ utaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+utaq → _Vutaq
If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VV+utaq → _VVjjutaq
ᒍᑦ gut It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gut → _Vgut
ᒍᑎ guti It does not affect the final of the stem._V+guti → _Vguti
ᒍᑎᒃ gutik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gutik → _Vgutik
ᒍᑕᖅ gutaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+gutaq → _Vgutaq
ᐅᑦ ut It inserts jj in front of the suffix._V+ut → _Vjjut
ᐅᑎ uti It inserts jj in front of the suffix._V+uti → _Vjjuti
ᐅᑎᒃ utik It inserts jj in front of the suffix._V+utik → _Vjjutik
ᐅᑕᖅ utaq It inserts jj in front of the suffix._V+utaq → _Vjjutaq
After t
ᐅᑦ ut It deletes the t of the stem._t+ut → _ut
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVt+ut → _VVjjut
ᐅᑎ uti It deletes the t of the stem._t+uti → _uti
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVt+uti → _VVjjuti
ᐅᑎᒃ utik It deletes the t of the stem._t+utik → _utik
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVt+utik → _VVjjutik
ᐅᑕᖅ utaq It deletes the t of the stem._t+utaq → _utaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVt+utaq → _VVjjutaq
ᒍᑎ guti It deletes the t of the stem._t+guti → _guti
After k
ᐅᑦ ut It deletes the k of the stem._k+ut → _ut
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVk+ut → _VVjjut
ᐅᑎ uti It deletes the k of the stem._k+uti → _uti
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVk+uti → _VVjjuti
ᐅᑎᒃ utik It deletes the k of the stem._k+utik → _utik
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVk+utik → _VVjjutik
ᐅᑕᖅ utaq It deletes the k of the stem._k+utaq → _utaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix._VVk+utaq → _VVjjutaq
ᒍᑎ guti It deletes the k of the stem._k+guti → _guti
After q
ᕈᑦ rut It deletes the q of the stem._q+rut → _rut
ᕈᑎ ruti It deletes the q of the stem._q+ruti → _ruti
ᕈᑎᒃ rutik It deletes the q of the stem._q+rutik → _rutik
ᕈᑕᖅ rutaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+rutaq → _rutaq
ᐅᑦ ut It deletes the q of the stem._q+ut → _ut
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a._Vaq+ut → _Vut
ᐅᑎ uti It deletes the q of the stem._q+uti → _uti
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a._Vaq+uti → _Vuti
ᐅᑎᒃ utik It deletes the q of the stem._q+utik → _utik
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a._Vaq+utik → _Vutik
ᐅᑕᖅ utaq It deletes the q of the stem._q+utaq → _utaq
If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a._Vaq+utaq → _Vutaq
ᖁᑦ qut It does not affect the final of the stem._q+qut → _qqut
ᖁᑎ quti It does not affect the final of the stem._q+quti → _qquti
ᖁᑎᒃ qutik It does not affect the final of the stem._q+qutik → _qqutik
ᖁᑕᖅ qutaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+qutaq → _qqutaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v OU function==function_nv OU function==function_vv

Examples
No example available at this moment.

ᐅᑦ  ut (2nn)


Meaning
bag, container for; s.t. which has...

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐅᑦ ut It does not affect the final of the stem._V+ut → _Vut
ᐅᑎ uti It does not affect the final of the stem._V+uti → _Vuti
After t
ᐅᑦ ut It deletes the t of the stem._t+ut → _ut
ᐅᑎ uti It deletes the t of the stem._t+uti → _uti
After k
ᐅᑦ ut It deletes the k of the stem._k+ut → _ut
ᐅᑎ uti It deletes the k of the stem._k+uti → _uti
After q
ᐅᑦ ut It deletes the q of the stem._q+ut → _ut
ᐅᑎ uti It deletes the q of the stem._q+uti → _uti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᐅᑎ  uti (1vv)


Meaning
to do the action for, to, with him/her/it; with him/her/it; with words of movement: to bring, fetch, transport s.t.

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᐅᑎ uti It inserts jj in front of the suffix._V+uti → _Vjjuti
After t
ᐅᑎ uti ._t+uti → _jjuti
After k
ᐅᑎ uti It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+uti → _guti
After q
ᐅᑎ uti It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+uti → _ruti
ᐅᑎ uti It deletes the q of the stem._q+uti → _uti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᐅᑎ  uti (3nn)


Meaning
indefinite pronoun 'one'

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After t
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After k
This morpheme is never encountered in this context.
After q
ᐅᑎ uti It deletes the q of the stem._q+uti → _uti

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==juq/1vn

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕚᓪᓕᖅ  vaalliq (1vv)


Meaning
to do something that one didn't do before

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕚᓪᓕᖅ vaalliq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vaalliq → _Vvaalliq
After t
ᐹᓪᓕᖅ paalliq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+paalliq → _tpaalliq
After k
ᐹᓪᓕᖅ paalliq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+paalliq → _kpaalliq
After q
ᐹᓪᓕᖅ paalliq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+paalliq → _qpaalliq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕙᒋᖅ  vagiq (1vv)


Meaning
to have already done something

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕙᒋᖅ vagiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vagiq → _Vvagiq
ᕙᒌᖅ vagiiq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vagiiq → _Vvagiiq
After t
ᐸᒋᖅ pagiq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+pagiq → _tpagiq
ᐸᒌᖅ pagiiq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+pagiiq → _tpagiiq
After k
ᐸᒋᖅ pagiq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+pagiq → _kpagiq
ᐸᒌᖅ pagiiq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+pagiiq → _kpagiiq
After q
ᐸᒋᖅ pagiq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+pagiq → _qpagiq
ᐸᒌᖅ pagiiq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+pagiiq → _qpagiiq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕙᐃ  vai (1nv)


Meaning
to go towards a location (used with traditional locations: side, back, front, ...)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕙᐃ vai It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vai → _Vvai
After t
ᐸᐃ pai It does not affect the final of the stem._t+pai → _tpai
After k
ᐸᐃ pai It does not affect the final of the stem._k+pai → _kpai
After q
ᐸᐃ pai It does not affect the final of the stem._q+pai → _qpai

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᕙᒃ  vak (1vv)


Meaning
common action: 'often'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕙᒃ vak It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vak → _Vvak
After t
ᐸᒃ pak It does not affect the final of the stem._t+pak → _tpak
After k
ᐸᒃ pak It does not affect the final of the stem._k+pak → _kpak
After q
ᐸᒃ pak It does not affect the final of the stem._q+pak → _qpak

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕙᓚᑦᓯ  valatsi (1vv)


Meaning
to sound like

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕙᓚᑦᓯ valatsi It does not affect the final of the stem._V+valatsi → _Vvalatsi
After t
ᐸᓚᑦᓯ palatsi It does not affect the final of the stem._t+palatsi → _tpalatsi
After k
ᐸᓚᑦᓯ palatsi It does not affect the final of the stem._k+palatsi → _kpalatsi
After q
ᐸᓚᑦᓯ palatsi It does not affect the final of the stem._q+palatsi → _qpalatsi

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕙᓪᓚᐃ  vallai (1vv)


Meaning
probably

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕙᓪᓚᐃ vallai It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vallai → _Vvallai
After t
ᐸᓪᓚᐃ pallai It does not affect the final of the stem._t+pallai → _tpallai
After k
ᐸᓪᓚᐃ pallai It does not affect the final of the stem._k+pallai → _kpallai
After q
ᐸᓪᓚᐃ pallai It does not affect the final of the stem._q+pallai → _qpallai

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕙᓪᓕᐊ  vallia (1vv)


Meaning
progression; 'gradually'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕙᓪᓕᐊ vallia It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vallia → _Vvallia
After t
ᐸᓪᓕᐊ pallia It does not affect the final of the stem._t+pallia → _tpallia
After k
ᐸᓪᓕᐊ pallia It does not affect the final of the stem._k+pallia → _kpallia
After q
ᐸᓪᓕᐊ pallia It does not affect the final of the stem._q+pallia → _qpallia

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
(angili)    (ᐊᖏᓕ)    angilivalliajuq    ᐊᖏᓕᕙᓪᓕᐊᔪᖅ    It is gradually getting larger
(nungut)    (ᓄᖑᑦ)    nunguppalliajut    ᓄᖑᑉᐸᓪᓕᐊᔪᑦ    They are gradually disappearing
(ilinniaq)    (ᐃᓕᓐᓂᐊᖅ)    ilinniaqpalliajugut    ᐃᓕᓐᓂᐊᖅᐸᓪᓕᐊᔪᒍᑦ    We are gradually learning

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕙᖅ  vaq (1nv)


Meaning
to go towards a location (used with traditional locations: side, back, front, ...)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕙᖅ vaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vaq → _Vvaq
After t
ᐸᖅ paq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+paq → _tpaq
After k
ᐸᖅ paq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+paq → _kpaq
After q
ᐸᖅ paq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+paq → _qpaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᕙᓵᖅ  vasaaq (1vv)


Meaning
to do what one never did before

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕙᓵᖅ vasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vasaaq → _Vvasaaq
After t
ᐸᓵᖅ pasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._t+pasaaq → _tpasaaq
After k
ᐸᓵᖅ pasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._k+pasaaq → _kpasaaq
After q
ᐸᓵᖅ pasaaq It does not affect the final of the stem._q+pasaaq → _qpasaaq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᕙᓯᒃ  vasik (1nv)


Meaning
to be too close of a location (used with traditional locations: side, back, front, ...)

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕙᓯᒃ vasik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vasik → _Vvasik
After t
ᐸᓯᒃ pasik It does not affect the final of the stem._t+pasik → _tpasik
After k
ᐸᓯᒃ pasik It does not affect the final of the stem._k+pasik → _kpasik
After q
ᐸᓯᒃ pasik It does not affect the final of the stem._q+pasik → _qpasik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.



ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ  vigjuaraaluk (1vn)


Meaning
extreme: 'very, very' (when the suffix is in final position, the word can be interpreted as a verb in the 3rd person)

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ vigjuaraaluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vigjuaraaluk → _Vvigjuaraaluk
After t
ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ vigjuaraaluk It deletes the t of the stem._t+vigjuaraaluk → _vigjuaraaluk
After k
ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ vigjuaraaluk It deletes the k of the stem._k+vigjuaraaluk → _vigjuaraaluk
After q
ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ vigjuaraaluk It deletes the q of the stem._q+vigjuaraaluk → _vigjuaraaluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕕᒃ  vik (1nn)


Meaning
enormous; most impressive

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕕᒃ vik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vik → _Vvik
After t
ᕕᒃ vik It deletes the t of the stem._t+vik → _vik
After k
ᕕᒃ vik It deletes the k of the stem._k+vik → _vik
After q
ᕕᒃ vik It deletes the q of the stem._q+vik → _vik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕕᒃ  vik (2vv)


Meaning
finality: 'for good'; 'forever'

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕕᒃ vik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vik → _Vvik
After t
ᕕᒃ vik It deletes the t of the stem._t+vik → _vik
After k
ᕕᒃ vik It deletes the k of the stem._k+vik → _vik
After q
ᕕᒃ vik It deletes the q of the stem._q+vik → _vik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕕᒃ  vik (3vn)


Meaning
place where the action of the verb takes place

Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕕᒃ vik It inserts p in front of the suffix._V+vik → _Vpvik
ᕕᒃ vik It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vik → _Vvik
After t
ᕕᒃ vik It assimilates the t of the stem to the v of the suffix._t+vik → _vvik
After k
ᕕᒃ vik It vocalizes the k of the stem into g._k+vik → _gvik
After q
ᕕᒃ vik It vocalizes the q of the stem into r._q+vik → _rvik

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕕᓂᖅ  viniq (1nn)


Meaning
denotes a former state; unperceived past following gerundive ending

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun

Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕕᓂᖅ viniq It does not affect the final of the stem._V+viniq → _Vviniq
After t
ᕕᓂᖅ viniq It deletes the t of the stem._t+viniq → _viniq
After k
ᕕᓂᖅ viniq It deletes the k of the stem._k+viniq → _viniq
After q
ᕕᓂᖅ viniq It deletes the q of the stem._q+viniq → _viniq

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.



ᕝᕙᓗᒃ  vvaluk (1nv)


Meaning
to sound like

Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb

Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.

Variants and actions

After vowel
ᕝᕙᓗᒃ vvaluk It does not affect the final of the stem._V+vvaluk → _Vvvaluk
After t
ᕝᕙᓗᒃ vvaluk It deletes the t of the stem._t+vvaluk → _vvaluk
After k
ᕝᕙᓗᒃ vvaluk It deletes the k of the stem._k+vvaluk → _vvaluk
After q
ᕝᕙᓗᒃ vvaluk It deletes the q of the stem._q+vvaluk → _vvaluk

Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.

Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)

Examples
No example available at this moment.

Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.